FORM OF BID - Rocky Mountain e-Purchasing System

Loading...
INVITATION FOR BID (IFB)

BID #

B16-006 IP Posted January 14, 2016

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS FOR CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

THE CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS PARKS, RECREATION AND CULTURAL SERVICES BIDDERS MUST BE ACTIVELY REGISTERED ON WWW.SAM.GOV

MANDATORY PRE-BID CONFERENCES ARE SCHEDULED FOR THIS SOLICITATION See Schedule B., Paragraph B.6

OFFERS DUE: 2:30 P.M.,TUESDAY, FEBRUARY 9, 2016 POINT OF CONTACT: Izabela Podlecki Contracting Specialist 719-385-5287 [email protected]

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 1 of 318

SCHEDULE A BID FORM The undersigned declares that it has carefully examined the bid information and the complete Solicitation for ‘MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS”. The Offeror‘s signature will be considered the Offeror’s acknowledgment of understanding and ability to comply with all items in this solicitation. The Offeror‘s signature will be considered the Offerors acknowledgment of understanding and ability to comply with all items in this solicitation. If an Offeror makes any changes or corrections to the bid documents (such as white out, or writing over a figure, etc.) such changes or corrections must be initialed and dated by the person signing the offer prior to its submittal. TOTAL BID will be evaluated and awarded as follows: The City of Colorado Springs intends to award a contract to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder as specified in B. 18. Each bidder will provide pricing for each area listed in the following documentation.

Item #

DESCRIPTION

OFFER EST QNTY

UNIT

UNIT PRICE

EXTENDED

1

RESTROOM RENOVATIONS

1

LS

$__________

$____________

2

HVAC/ELECTRICAL UPGRADES

1

LS

$__________

$____________

3

PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS

1

LS

$__________

$__________

TOTAL BASE BID (ITEMS 1+2+3)

ALT 1

HVAC/ELECTRICAL UPGRADESREMOVE AND REPLACE TWO(2) NATURAL GAS FIRED FURNACES

$____________

1

LS

TOTAL BASE BID + ALT 1 (ITEMS1+2+3+ALT 1)

$__________

$____________

$____________

SUPPLEMENTAL BID NOTES: (IF APPLICABLE) 1. Period of Performance – 120 Calendar Days 2. Davis Bacon Wage Rates apply to this solicitation 3. Bidders must be actively registered on http://www.sam.gov

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 2 of 318

BID FORM SIGNATURE PAGE By signing in this space, the contractor hereby certifies that this company is not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from bidding/proposing on any federal, state, county or municipal Invitations for Bids or Requests for Proposals.

Signature

Date

Title THE CONTRACTOR hereby Certifies that at the time of this certification, the Contractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien and that the contractor has participated or attempted to participate in the basic pilot program in order to verify that the Contractor does not employ any illegal aliens. "Basic pilot program" means the basic pilot employment verification program created in Public Law 208, 104th Congress, as amended, and expanded in Public Law 156, 108th Congress, as amended, that is administered by the United States department of homeland security. If awarded the contract, the undersigned hereby agrees to sign said Contract, and furnish the necessary bonds within ten (10) days of receipt of the “Notice of Award”, of said contract, and to begin work within ten (10) days from the date of receipt of the “Notice to Proceed” and to complete the work as specified in the bidding documents. The undersigned acknowledges and understands the terms, conditions, Specifications and all Requirements contained and/or referenced and are legally authorized by the bidder to make the above bid statements or representations. (Name of Company)

(Signature)

(Date)

(Address)

(City, State and Zip)

(Telephone Number)

(Name typed/Printed)

(Title)

FEDERAL TAX ID # This Company Is: Corporation___

Individual____

Partnership____

LLC____

Offeror hereby acknowledges receipt of the following amendments, if applicable (Offeror agrees that it is bound by all Amendments identified herein) AMENDMENT #1____________

DATED:________________

AMENDMENT #2____________

DATED:________________

AMENDMENT #3____________

DATED:________________

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 3 of 318

SCHEDULE B INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS GENERAL INFORMATION City Contracting no longer maintains a bidders’ list. All projects subject to formal competition are posted on Rocky Mountain E Purchasing (www.rockymountainbidsystem.com) or in the lobby of our office at 30 S. Nevada Ave., Ste. 201, Colorado Springs, CO 80903. This system will provide you with convenient access to all bid information for the City of Colorado Springs as well as many other local agencies throughout Colorado. To receive email alerts of open bids in your field please register with Rocky Mountain E Purchasing System and complete your online registration. All vendors are encouraged to register in order to access RFP’s, IFB’s, addenda, and awards. B.1

BID ISSUE DATE Invitation for Bid (IFB) Number B16-006 IP is being issued and posted on the web-site on January 14, 2016.

B.2

PROCUREMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS All formal Invitation for Bids (IFB) advertised by the City of Colorado Springs are solicited in accordance with the City's Procurement Rules and Regulations. The City's Procurement Rules and Regulations can be reviewed and/or downloaded from the City Procurement website www.coloradosprings.gov. Any discrepancies or conflicting statements, decisions regarding bidding irregularities, clauses or specifications will be rectified utilizing the City’s Procurement Rules and Regulations. It is the bidder’s responsibility to advise the Contracting Specialist listed in these bidding documents of any potential discrepancies, conflicting statements, clauses or specifications prior to the bid opening date and time.

B.3

PREPARATION OF BID OFFER B.3.1 Bidders are expected to examine the drawings, specifications, bid documents, proposed contract forms, terms and conditions, and all other instructions and solicitation documents. Bidders are expected to visit the job-site to determine all requirements and conditions that will affect the work. Failure to do so will not relieve a bidder from their responsibility to know what is contained in this invitation for bid, or site conditions affecting the work. B.3.2 The bidder certifies that it has checked all of its figures, and understands that the City will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the bidders in preparing its bid. B.3.3 All items, (unless the invitation specifically states otherwise) including any additive or deductive alternates on the bid schedule, must be completely filled out or the bid will be determined nonresponsive and ineligible for consideration for award. B.3.4 The bidder declares that the person or persons signing this bid is/are authorized to sign on behalf of the firm listed and to fully bind the bidder to all the requirements of the solicitation. B.3.5 The bidder certifies that no person or firm other than the bidder or as otherwise indicated has any interest whatsoever in this bid/offer or the Contract that may be entered into as a result of this bid/offer and that in all respects the offer is legal and firm, submitted in good faith without collusion or fraud. B.3.6 By submitting a bid the bidder certifies that it has complied and will comply with all requirements of local, state, and federal laws, and that no legal requirements have been or will be violated in making or accepting this bid. Bidders are expected to review the City’s Procurement Rules and Regulations which will be used when determining a bidder responsive and responsible and awarding contracts in the best interest of the City. B.3.7 If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price, the unit price shall be used to determine the applicable total price. Bidders are responsible for including profit and overhead associated with the project when determining their unit prices.

B.4

EXPLANATIONS TO PROSPECTIVE OFFERORS Any prospective bidder desiring an explanation or interpretation of the solicitation documents, drawings, specifications, etc., must request it in writing soon enough to allow a reply to reach all prospective Offerors before the time for submission of offers. Oral explanations or instructions given before the opening of bids will not be binding. Any information provided to a prospective bidder during the bid preparation stage will be promptly furnished to all other prospective bidders as an amendment to the solicitation if that information is necessary in submitting bid offers or if the lack of it would be prejudicial to other prospective bidders.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 4 of 318

B.5

QUESTIONS AND OTHER REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION All questions shall be submitted in writing to the following specified individual. The preferred method of submitting written questions is via e-mail. All questions must be received no later than 2:00 PM, Tuesday, January 26, 2016. All questions should be directed to: Izabela Podlecki Contracts Specialist [email protected]

B.6

PRE-BID CONFERENCE Mandatory pre-bid conferences are scheduled for: o

Wednesday, January 20, 2016 at 2:00 PM at 1943 S El Paso Ave, Colorado Springs, CO 80905

o

Wednesday, January 20, 2016 at 3:00 PM at 1943 S El Paso Ave, Colorado Springs, CO 80905

The Offerors can attend either meeting. B.6.1

B.7

AMENDMENTS TO THE SOLICITATION Amendments are also referred to as addendum or addenda; and these terms shall be considered synonymous. The City of Colorado Springs will post all addenda on the web-site. It is the bidder’s responsibility to check the web-site for posted addenda or contact the Contracting Specialist listed in B.5 to confirm the number of Amendments which have been issued. B.7.1 B.7.2

B.7.3 B.8

These are mandatory pre-bid conferences. All interested Prime Contractors are required to attend either pre-bid conference. Bids will only be accepted from Prime Contractors that attend one of the above conferences and sign the sign-in sheet. These pre-bid conferences are not mandatory for sub-contractors and/or suppliers.

If this solicitation is amended, then all specifications, terms and conditions, which are not amended, remain unchanged. Bidders shall acknowledge receipt of any amendment to this solicitation (1) by signing and returning the amendment, (2) by identifying the amendment number and date in the space provided for this purpose on the form for submitting a bid offers. Acknowledged amendments must be received prior to bid opening. Bidders are encouraged to include signed addenda or initialed acknowledgment with returned bids.

BID BOND REQUIREMENTS A bid bond in the amount of five (5) percent of the bid amount is required to be submitted with your bid when (1) the total amount of your accumulative bid is more than $100,000 or (2) is required elsewhere in this solicitation. This Bond must meet the following conditions and shall be submitted using the form in the Exhibits Section of this solicitation. B.8.1 Bid (offer) Bond a) The Bidder is required to furnish with their bid a bid bond in the form of a certified check, cashier’s check or surety bid bond acceptable to the Contracting Specialist in the sum equal to at least 5% of the total amount of the bid payable without condition to the City of Colorado Springs if; (1) the total amount of your accumulative bid is more than $100,000 or (2) is required elsewhere in this solicitation. b) The Bid Bond shall guarantee that the bid will not be withdrawn or modified for a period of sixty calendar days after the time set for the receipt of bid offers, and if accepted within those sixty calendar days, that the person, firm or corporation submitting same shall within ten (10) calendar days after being notified of the acceptance of its bid offer, enter into a Contract and furnish the required bonds and all insurance certificates called for under this invitation for bid. c) The Bid Bonds of unsuccessful bidders will not be returned to the respective bidders unless a self-addressed stamped envelope is provided along with a written request for bid bond return. However, if a certified check or a cashier’s check is submitted in lieu of the Bid Bond, it will be returned as soon as possible after the lowest responsive and responsible bidder is determined and a contract is executed. d) In the event the bidder whose bid offer is accepted fails to enter into the contract and/or furnish the proper bonds, its certified check, cashier’s check or surety bid bond will be

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 5 of 318

forfeited in full to the City. B.9

ESTIMATED QUANTITIES If the bid schedule herein contains estimated quantities this provision is applicable. The quantities listed for each of the items in the bid schedule are only estimated quantities. Contractors are required to bid a firm unit cost for each item specified. The actual quantities ordered may fluctuate up or down. The unit prices proposed by each bidder will remain firm and will not be re-negotiated if the estimated quantities are not met or are exceeded. This clause will take precedence over any/all other estimated quantity clauses that conflict with this clause. For bidding purposes, if there is a conflict between the extended total of an item and the unit price, the unit price shall prevail and be considered as the amount of the bid. All unit prices shall include all necessary overhead and profit. Items not listed in the bid schedule such as overhead, profit, mobilization, de-mobilization, bonding, etc. shall be distributed throughout the bidder's unit prices for the items listed in the bid schedule.

B.10 SALES TAX The contractor shall apply with the Colorado Department of Revenue for a tax-exempt certificate for this project. The certificate does not apply to City of Colorado Springs Sales and Use Tax (3.12%) which shall be applicable and included in your bid or proposal in all cases. The tax exempt project number and the exemption certificate only applies to County, PPRTA (Pikes Peak Rural Transportation Authority), and State taxes when purchasing construction and building materials to be incorporated in this project. Furthermore, the exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies or materials that do not become a part of the completed project or structure. In these instances, the purchase or rental is subject to full taxation of 8.25% (City-3.12%, County-1.23%, PPRTA-1%, and State2.9%). The Contractor and all subcontractors shall include in their bid City of Colorado Springs Sales and Use Tax (3.12%) on the work covered by the Contract, and other taxes as applicable. Note: For all equipment, materials and supplies incorporated into the work purchased from vendors or suppliers not licensed to collect City Sales Tax (i.e. out of state suppliers, etc), City Use Tax (3.12%) is due and payable to the City. The contractor shall execute and deliver, and shall cause the Contractor’s subcontractors to execute and deliver to the City Sales Tax Office, ST 16 forms listing all said equipment, materials and supplies and the corresponding use tax due, along with payment for said taxes unless already included in the bid price. Any outstanding taxes due may be withheld from the final payment due the contractor and may result in suspension from bidding on City projects. Forms and instructions can be downloaded at www.springsgov.com/salestax. Questions can be directed to the City Sales Tax Division at (719) 385-5903. Our Registration Numbers are as follows: City of Colorado Springs Federal I.D.: 84-6000573 Federal Excise: A-138557 State Sales Tax: 98-03479 B.11 IDENTIFICATION OF BID Bids must be returned in a sealed envelope; solicitation number and date for submission of offers must be clearly marked on the outside in the lower left hand corner: Any offer that is submitted without being properly marked may be opened for identification prior to the deadline for receipt of offers and then resealed. B.12 SUBMISSION OF BIDS B.12.1 Bids are to be submitted in a sealed envelope to City Contracting Office, 30 S. Nevada Ave., Suite 201, Colorado Springs CO. 80903. B.12.2 Date/Time: Bids shall be received on or before: 2:30 P.M., Tuesday, February 9, 2016. B.12.3 BID SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS: The following listed documents must be submitted with your bid in order for your bid submittal to be considered responsive. Use this list as a checklist to make sure all required documents are submitted.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 6 of 318

Schedule ABid Form Exhibit 1 Bid Bond Exhibit 6 Minimum Insurance Requirements Exhibit 10 Federal Forms Addendums if issued ***************************LATE BIDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED**************************************** B.13 NUMBER OF COPIES Bidder shall submit in its sealed and marked envelope, one (1) copy of its bid, signed in ink, and, if applicable, one (1) original copy of the Bid Bond as defined in B.8 B.14 LATE BIDS/LATE MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS B.14.1 Bids received in the office designated in B.12 above, after the exact time set for opening are considered “late bids”, and will not be accepted by the Bid Opening Official. Bidders are solely responsible for insuring their bids arrive on time and to the place of bids specified in the Invitation for Bid. B.14.2 The City of Colorado Springs will not consider a late bid or late modification of bid unless: (1) There is conclusive evidence that the bid was submitted to the office designated in B.12 above, on time and was mishandled by the City of Colorado Springs ( i.e. lost or misplaced) City Contracting personnel responsible for handling/receiving bids. Mishandling by other units or offices of the City of Colorado Springs does not constitute City Contracting personnel. (2) Or – it was the only bid received. B.15 MISTAKES IN BIDS - CONFIRMATION OF BID When it appears from a review of the bid that a mistake has been made, the bidder may be requested to confirm their bid. Situations in which the confirmation may be requested include obvious, apparent errors on the face of the bid or a bid unreasonably lower than the other bids submitted. All mistakes in bids will be handled in accordance with the City of Colorado Springs Procurement Rules and Regulations. B.16 MINOR INFORMALITIES/IRREGULARITIES IN BIDS B.16.1 A minor informality or irregularity is one that is merely a matter of form and not of substance. It also pertains to some immaterial defect in a bid or variation of a bid from the exact requirements of the invitation that can be corrected or waived without being prejudicial to other bidders. The defect or variation is considered immaterial when the effect on price, quantity, quality, or delivery is negligible when contrasted with the total cost or scope of the services being acquired. B.16.2 If the City Procurement Services determines that the bid submitted contains a minor informality or irregularity, then the Manager shall give the bidder an opportunity to cure any deficiency resulting from a minor informality or irregularity in a bid, or waive the deficiency, whichever is to the advantage of the City. In no event will the bidder be allowed to change the bid amount. Examples of minor informalities or irregularities include but are not limited to the following; 

Bidder fails to sign the Bid, but only if the unsigned bid is accompanied by other material evidence, which indicates the bidder’s intention to be bound by the unsigned bid. (such as Bid bond, or signed cover letter which references the bid # and amount of bid).



Bidder fails to acknowledge an Amendment - this may be considered a minor informality only if the Amendment, which was not acknowledged, involves only a matter of form or has either no effect or merely a negligible effect on price, quantity, quality, or delivery of the item or services bid upon.

B.17 REJECTION OF BIDS Any bid that fails to conform to the essential requirements of the Invitation for Bids will be rejected. B.17.1 Any bid that does not conform to the applicable specifications shall be rejected unless the invitation authorizes the submission of alternate bids and the items or services offered as alternates meet the requirements specified in the Invitation for Bids. B.17.2 A bid shall be rejected when the bidder imposes conditions that would modify requirements of the invitation or limit the bidder’s liability to the City, since to allow the bidder to impose such conditions would be prejudicial to other bidders. For example, bids shall be rejected in which the bidder: B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 7 of 318

B.17.2.1

Protects against future changes in conditions, such as increased costs, if total possible costs to the City cannot be determined. B.17.2.2. Fails to state a price and indicates that price shall be “price in effect at time delivery”. B.17.2.3 States a price but qualifies it as being subject to “price in effect at time of delivery”. B.17.2.4 Takes exceptions to the Invitation for Bids terms and conditions. B.17.2.5 Inserts the bidder’s terms and conditions. B.17.2.6 Limits the rights of the City under any contract/invitation for bid clause. B.18 BASIS OF AWARD The City of Colorado Springs intends to award a contract resulting from this solicitation to the lowest, responsive, responsible bidder, whose offer conforming to the solicitation, will be most advantageous to and in the best interest of the City of Colorado Springs, cost or price and other factors considered. B.18.1 In addition to other factors, bid/offers will be evaluated on the basis of advantages and disadvantages to the City that might result from offers received. B.18.2 The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive informalities and/or irregularities in the bid offer. B.18.3 Bid offers that include a base bid and add or deduct alternates will be evaluated and awarded as follows. At bid opening, the City will announce a Budgetary Control Dollar Amount to be used for determining the low bidder. The City intends to award a contract for the base bid item if the Budgetary Control Amount is not exceeded, to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. B.18.3.1 If the Budgetary Control Amount is exceeded by all bidders then the deductive alternate(s) will be subtracted from each bid accordingly and the award made to the resulting lowest responsible bidder that does not exceed the Budgetary Control Amount. The deductive alternates will be deducted in the order in which they appear on the Bid Form. B.18.4 If the lowest responsible and responsive bid still exceeds the City’s budget for these items after the deduct alternate is read, the City reserves the right to reduce estimated quantities to get within the available budget and award a contract that is within budget. B.18.4 only applies to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder at time of bid opening. B.19 PERIOD OF ACCEPTANCE The bidder agrees that its bid offer shall remain open for acceptance by the City for a period of sixty (60) calendar days from the date specified in the solicitation for receipt of bids. Additionally the City reserves the right to extend any resultant contract or previously approved contract extension for up to six months whiles products or services are being rebid. B.20 BID RESULTS The City of Colorado Springs does not mail bid results or tabulations. However, bid tabulations are posted and can be downloaded from the web-site www.rockymountainbidsystem.com. Bid tabulations will also be email upon request. To request email bid tabulation, call (719) 385-5287. B.21 CONTRACT AWARD The signature of the bidder indicates that within ten (10) calendar days from acceptance of its bid offer it will execute a contract with the City of Colorado Springs and if indicated in this solicitation, furnish a project specific Certificate of Insurance naming the City of Colorado Springs as Additional Insured, furnish Performance, Labor and Materials, Payment and Maintenance Bonds and any other documents required by the Specifications or Contract Documents. B.22 TYPE OF CONTRACT It is the intent of this Invitation for Bids (IFB) to award a firm fixed price Contract based on the prices offered by the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. Contract prices shall remain firm and fixed throughout the contract performance period. B.23 ADDITIONAL BOND REQUIREMENTS B.23.1 Performance, Labor and Materials Payment, and Maintenance Bonds The Contractor shall furnish to the City of Colorado Springs one copy of each; Performance Bond, Labor and Materials Payment Bond, and a Maintenance Bond in the amount of 100% of the total contract within ten (10) calendar days after notification of award of a contract. The cost of all bonds shall be included in Contractor’s bid offer. Bonds shall: a) Be for the full amount of the contract price. b) Guarantee the Contractor's faithful performance of the work under this contract, and B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 8 of 318

the prompt and full payment for all labor and materials involved therein. c) Guarantee protection to the City of Colorado Springs against liens of any kind. d) Be, when a surety bond is furnished, from a surety company operating lawfully in the state of Colorado and shall be accompanied with an acceptable "Power-of-Attorney" form attached to each bond copy. e) Be issued from a surety company that is acceptable to the City of Colorado Springs. f) Be submitted using the forms in the Exhibit section of this solicitation. B.24 F.O.B. DESTINATION Unless otherwise specified in the invitation for bid, all goods, materials, supplies, equipment or services covered by this solicitation shall be delivered F.O.B. destination, all freight charges prepaid and allowed, within the city limits of the City of Colorado Springs, Colorado, at the location indicated in the awarded contract or purchase order. B.25 TERMS, CONDITIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS Bidders are advised to pay special attention to Schedules C, Terms and Conditions, and Schedule D, Special Provisions. These schedules may contain requirements that will have an impact on all potential bidders, such as Liquidated Damages, Indemnification, DBE participation, type of contract, and delivery schedule. B.26 FISCAL OBLIGATIONS OF CITY This Agreement is expressly made subject to the limitations of the Colorado Constitution and Section 760 of the Charter of the City of Colorado Springs. Nothing herein shall constitute, nor be deemed to constitute, the creation of a debt or multi-year fiscal obligation or an obligation of future appropriations by the City Council of Colorado Springs, contrary to Article X, § 20, Colo. Const., or any other constitutional, statutory, or charter debt limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any financial obligation of the City which may arise under this Agreement in any fiscal year after the year of execution, in the event the budget or other means of appropriation for any such year fails to provide funds in sufficient amounts to discharge such obligation, such failure (i) shall act to terminate this Agreement at such time as the then-existing and available appropriations are depleted, and (ii) neither such failure nor termination shall constitute a default or breach of this Agreement, including any subagreement, attachment, schedule, or exhibit thereto, by the City. As used herein, the term “appropriation” shall mean and include the due adoption of an appropriation ordinance and budget and the approval of a Budget Detail Report (Resource Allocations) which contains an allocation of sufficient funds for the performance of fiscal obligations arising under this Agreement. B.27 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY B.27.1 In connection with this procurement, the contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, marital status or disability. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that all applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, marital status or disability. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. a) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor; state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin. b) The Contractor will comply with all equal employment opportunity provisions, rules, regulations and executive orders issued by the City of Colorado Springs, State of Colorado and the Secretary of Labor. c) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by any equal employment opportunity provisions, rules, regulations and executive orders and will permit access to its books, records, and accounts for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such Rules, Regulations, and Orders. d) In the event of the Contractor’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such Rules, Regulations, or Orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further City contracts. B.28 SMALL BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS The City of Colorado Springs encourages all qualified Offerors to submit proposals or bids in response to this solicitation. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 9 of 318

Subcontracting with small and minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms. (a) The Contractor must take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. (b) Affirmative steps must include: (1) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises on subcontract solicitation lists; (2) Assuring that small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources for subcontracting; (3) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises; (4) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage participation by small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises; and (5) Using the services and assistance, as appropriate, of such organizations as the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce. B.29 EMPLOYMENT OF ILLEGAL ALIENS a. The Contractor represents, warrants, and agrees that it (i) has verified that it does not employ any illegal aliens, or (ii) has attempted to verify through participation in the Department of Homeland Security’s Basic Pilot Program that the contractor does not employ any illegal aliens. If the contractor has not been accepted into the Basic Pilot Program prior to entering into this Agreement, the Contractor shall apply to participate in the Basic Pilot Program (unless it has been discontinued) every three months after entering this Agreement until the Contractor either is accepted or this Agreement has been completed, whichever is earlier. b. Notwithstanding subparagraph (a) of this section of the Agreement, the Contractor shall not use or rely upon the Basic Pilot Program procedure for the purpose of pre-employment screening of job applicants during the performance of the obligations contained in this Agreement. c.

If at any time prior to or during the performance of the Contractor’s obligations contained in this Agreement, the Contractor obtains actual knowledge that a subcontractor performing work under this Agreement for the Contractor knowingly employs or contracts with an illegal alien, the Contractor is required to (i) notify in writing both the subcontractor and the City within three (3) days after obtaining such knowledge that the Contractor has actual knowledge that the subcontractor is employing or contracting with an illegal alien, and (ii) terminate the subcontract with the subcontractor if, within the three (3) days following receipt of such notice, the subcontractor does not stop employing or contracting with the illegal alien. The Contractor shall not terminate the contract with the subcontractor if, during the three (3) day period after actual knowledge of employment or contract with the illegal alien, the subcontractor provides information to the Contractor to establish that the subcontractor has not knowingly employed or contracted with an illegal alien. For purposes of this subparagraph only, and without waiving or changing any other Notice Provisions in this Agreement, all notices to the City regarding this subparagraph shall be addressed to the City Contracting Manager, 30 South Nevada Ave., Suite 201, Colorado Springs, CO 80903, with a copy to the Office of the City Attorney, P O Box 1575, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80901-1575. The Contractor will comply with all reasonable requests made in the course of an investigation under CRS 8-17.5-102 by the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment

B.30 PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE The contractor shall complete all work within 120 Calendar Days after the Notice-to-Proceed as per the Specifications and Drawings. The contractor will start work promptly after receipt of the Notice-toProceed and continue to work diligently until all work is completed and accepted by the City. B.31 NOTICE TO PROCEED Work may not start under any awarded contract until a written notice to proceed is issued by the City of Colorado Springs. The City of Colorado Springs may issue the Notice-to-Proceed any time after the contract is signed and, if required, insurance and bonds have been provided in accordance with B.24.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 10 of 318

SCHEDULE C TERMS & CONDITIONS C.1.

CONFIDENTIAL MATTERS All data and information gathered by the Contractor and its subcontractors, and all reports, recommendations, drawings, documents, and data shall be treated by the Contractor and its subcontractors as confidential. The Contractor and its subcontractors must agree not to communicate and disclose the aforesaid matters to a third party or use them in advertising, publicity, or propaganda and/or in another job or jobs, unless prior written consent is obtained from the City.

C.2.

LAW This contract is subject to and shall be interpreted under the law of the State of Colorado, and the charter, City Code, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations of the City of Colorado Springs, a home rule city. Court venue and jurisdiction shall exclusively be in the Colorado District Court of El Paso County Colorado. The contractor shall insure that the contractor and the contractor’s employees, agents and officers are familiar with, and comply with, applicable Federal, State and Local laws and Regulations as now written or hereafter amended.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 11 of 318

SCHEDULE D GENERAL PROVISIONS ARTICLE I.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Article II. All bids submitted as a result of City of Colorado Springs Invitations for Bids (IFB) and/or Request for Proposals (RFP) shall be in accordance with the latest version of the City's Procurement Rules, Regulations and Information. The latest version is posted on the City's web-site at www.coloradosprings.gov or accessed here, and can be reviewed or downloaded. SECTION 200

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

Also see Procurement Rules 1-103 Terms Defined Titles used in these specifications having a masculine gender, such as “workmen” and the pronouns “he” or “his”, are for the sake of brevity and are intended to refer to persons of either sex. The titles or headings of the sections and subsections herein are intended for convenience of reference and shall not have any bearing on their interpretation. When the Contract indicates that something “shall” be done, the action is required and is not discretionary. Calendar Day

Each and every day shown on the calendar, beginning and ending at midnight.

Change Order

A written order issued to the Contractor by the City covering contingencies, extra work, increases or decreases in contract quantities, and additions or alterations to the plans or specifications, within the scope of the Contract, and establishing the basis of payment and time adjustments for the work affected by the changes. The Change Order is the only method authorized for changing the Contract.

City

City of Colorado Springs, Colorado.

Contract Documents

Contract Documents include the Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form or Bid Proposal, Addenda, the signed Agreement, surety bonds, insurance documents, the General and Special Provisions, the Plans, the Specifications, including all modifications thereof incorporated in any of the documents before execution of the agreement.

Contract

The executed written agreement between the City and the Contractor setting forth the obligations of the parties for the performance of the work and the basis of payment. The Contract includes the Contract Documents, Notice to Proceed, and executed Change Orders, all of which constitute one instrument.

Contractor

The person, persons, firm, or corporation to whom a contract is awarded by the City and who is subject to the terms of said contract. Contractor shall include the agents, employees, workmen, subcontractors and any assignees of said contract.

Due Date and Time

The scheduled date and time for the receipt of bids, and opening thereof.

Engineer

The City Engineer representative.

Notice

Any written notice served pursuant to the terms of the contract. Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person or by registered mail to:

of

Colorado

Springs

or,

their

designated

Pre-award B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 12 of 318

The Contracting Specialist listed in the Invitation for Bid, City of Colorado Springs, Procurement and Contracts, 30 South Nevada Ave., Room 201, Colorado Springs, CO 80903. Post award The Project Manager listed in the Invitation for Bid, City of Colorado Springs, City Engineering, 30 South Nevada Ave., Room 403, Colorado Springs, CO 80903. Notice to the Contractor will be to the Chief representative of the Contractor at the site of the project in person; or by registered mail to the place stated in the papers prepared by the Contractor to accompany their proposal as the address of their permanent place of business; or as to the Surety on the performance bond by registered mail to the Surety at the home office of such surety. Plans

The drawings, or reproductions, provided by the City which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the work to be done.

Project Engineer/Manager

The individual representing the City responsible for managing and oversight of the Contract.

Project

The entire improvement proposed by the City to be constructed in whole or in part pursuant to the Contract.

Proposal Form or Bid Proposal

The contract document prepared by the City upon which the bidder shall submit their bid.

Subcontractor

A person, firm, or corporation, other than the Contractor, supplying labor or materials, or both, or equipment furnished at the site of the project under an Agreement with the Contractor.

Surety

The person, firm, or corporation that has executed as surety the Contractor's Bid, Performance, Payment and Maintenance Bonds.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 13 of 318

SECTION 201

PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS

201.00 PROCUREMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS All formal Invitation for Bids (IFB) and/or Request for Proposals (RFP) advertised by the City of Colorado Springs are solicited in accordance with the City's Procurement Rules and Regulations. The City's Procurement Rules and Regulations can be reviewed and/or downloaded from the City Contracts website www.coloradosprings.gov/contracting. The bidder shall follow the prequalification and bidding procedures contained in the City's Procurement Rules and Regulations. 201.01 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS All bids estimated to exceed $199,999.00 will be formally advertised under normal conditions. Formal bids will be advertised and posted on Rocky Mountain E Purchasing which can be accessed here: www.rockymountainbidsystem.com. When procurement involves the expenditure of federal assistance or contract funds, the City shall follow any mandatory requirements of applicable federal law and implementing regulations, as stipulated by the language in the actual grant. All interested bidders may register via the City's web-site through CityWire to receive notification of bids posted on the web-site. This registration allows bidders to be automatically notified when a formal solicitation is advertised for the service or commodity they registered to provide. 201.02 INVITATION FOR BIDS - CONTENT The Invitation for Bids shall include the following: (a) Instructions and information to bidders concerning the bid submission requirements, including the time and closing date, the address of the office to which bids are to be delivered; (b) The project description, basis of award, delivery or performance schedule and inspection and acceptance requirements; (c) The contract terms and conditions, including warranty and bonding or security requirements as applicable. Project specific requirements, terms and conditions, etc. for each solicitation will reflect the contractual requirements for that particular Invitation for Bid or Request for Proposal. These types of requirements will be specified in Instructions to Bidders, Terms and Conditions, General Provisions, and Specifications. 201.03 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES IN PROPOSAL FORM Except as otherwise provided in this subsection and the method of measurement for individual items, the quantities appearing in the proposal form are estimates prepared for the comparison of proposals. Payment to the Contractor will be made in accordance with the following procedures: (a) Measurement required. When the Contract requires measurement of work performed or material furnished, payment will be made for actual quantities measured and accepted. (b) Measurement Not Required. When the Contract does not require quantities of work performed or materials furnished to be measured, payment will be made for the quantities appearing in the Contract. The estimated quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased, decreased or omitted. 201.04 INTERPRETATION OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Any change to proposal forms, plans, or specifications prior to the opening of proposals will be issued by the City to all holders of proposal forms. Certain individuals are named in the project specifications that have authority to provide information, clarification or interpretation to bidders prior to opening of proposals. Information obtained from persons other than those named individuals is invalid and shall not be used for bidding purposes. 201.05 EXAMINATION OF PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, SPECIAL PROVISIONS, AND SITE OF WORK. The bidder is expected to examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plans, specifications, supplemental specifications, special provisions, and contract forms, before submitting a proposal. The submission of a proposal will be considered conclusive evidence that the bidder has made this examination and is aware of the conditions to be encountered in performing the work according to the Contract. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 14 of 318

Boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations, if they exist, are available for inspection by bidders. These logs and records are made available so that all bidders have access to identical subsurface information that is available to the City, and is not intended as a substitute for personal investigation, interpretation and judgment of the bidders. The City does not warrant the adequacy of boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations, and such information is not considered to be a part of the Contract. When a log of test borings is included in the subsurface investigation record, the data shown in the individual log of each test boring apply only to that particular boring and are not intended to be conclusive as to the character of any material between or around test borings. If bidders use this information in preparing a proposal, it is used at their own risk, and bidders are responsible for all conclusions, deductions, and inferences drawn from such information. Bidders may conduct subsurface investigations at the project site at bidder’s expense; the City will afford them this opportunity prior to public opening of proposals. If a bidder discovers an apparent error or omission in the proposal form, estimated quantities, plan, or specifications, the bidder shall immediately notify the Contracting Specialist to enable the City to make any necessary revisions. The City may consider it to be detrimental to the City for a bidder to submit an obviously unbalanced unit bid price. 201.06 COMBINATION OR CONDITIONAL PROPOSALS If proposal forms are issued for projects in combination and separately, the bidder may submit proposals either on the combination or on separate units of the combination. The City reserves the right to make awards on combination or separate proposals to the advantage of the City. Combination proposals will be considered, only when specified. 201.07 ANTI-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT The bidder/offeror by signing their proposal (bid) submitted to the City is certifying that the bidder has not participated in any collusion or taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding. This statement may also be in the form of an affidavit provided by the City and signed by the bidder. The original of the signed anti-collusion affidavit shall be submitted with the proposal. The proposal will be rejected if it does not contain the completed anti-collusion affidavit. 201.08 MATERIAL GUARANTY The successful bidder may be required to furnish a complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of materials used in the construction of the work together with samples, which will be tested for conformance with Contract requirements. 201.09 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY The City Contracts Office shall be responsible for ensuring the procurement of products, commodities, and services are in a manner that affords all responsible businesses a fair and equal opportunity to compete. SECTION 202

CONTRACT DOCUMENT INTERPRETATION

202.00 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The sections of the contract documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the cost of all labor and materials, water, fuel, tools, plant, equipment, light, transportation, and all other expenses as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work. If the Contract Documents should be contradictory in any part, the order of precedence shall be as described in subsection 202.03. Any work shown on the Plans and not covered in the Specifications, or included in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans, shall be executed by the Contractor as though shown both on the Plans and included in the Specifications. If the Contractor, in the course of the work, finds any discrepancy between the Plans and the physical layout, or any errors or omissions in Plans or layout, he shall immediately so inform the Engineer and the Engineer shall promptly verify them. Any work done after such discovery without written consent of the Engineer authorizing the same shall be done at the Contractor's risk. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 15 of 318

Any incidental and/or appurtenant items not specifically called for in the Plans and Specifications, but which are necessary to complete the work in accordance with the requirements of good practice, as determined by the Engineer, shall be included as a part of the Contractor’s bid price and furnished at no additional cost to the Owner. In interpreting the Contract Documents, words describing materials or work which have a well known technical or trade meaning, unless otherwise specifically defined in the contract documents, shall be constructed in accordance with such well known meaning recognized by architects, engineers, and the trade. 202.01 SPECIAL PROVISIONS, SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS Special Provisions or Special Specifications may be written to expand upon, modify or cancel these general provisions or the standard specifications. 202.02 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE Any inconsistency in this solicitation or Contract shall be resolved by giving precedence in the following order: (a) Solicitation Terms and Conditions (b) Proposal Requirements (c) Contract Form (d) Provisions 1. Special Provisions 2. General Provisions (e) Plans 1. Detailed Plans 2. Standard Drawings Calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions. (f) Special Specifications (g) Standard Specifications 202.03 STANDARD MANUFACTURER Wherever the terms "standard", "recognized" or "reputable" manufacturers are used, they shall be construed as meaning manufacturers who have been engaged in the business of fabricating materials, equipment, or supplies of the nature called for by the Specifications for a reasonable period of time prior to the date set for opening of bids, and who can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City that said manufacturer has successfully installed equipment, materials, or supplies of the type proposed to be furnished in at least three instances and that the performance of such materials, equipment, or supplies for a period of over twelve months prior to the date fixed for opening bids shall, prima facie, be deemed to have been engaged in such business for a reasonable length of time. 202.04 "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE Whenever in any section of the contract documents, any article, material, or equipment is defined by describing a proprietary product, or by using the name of manufacturer or vendor, the term "or equal" if not inserted, shall not be construed in such a manner as to exclude manufacturers' products of comparable quality, design, and efficiency, subject to review and approval by the Engineer. The Engineer may require that proposed equals be submitted for review and approval. 202.05 TIME OF ESSENCE In as much as the Contract concerns a needed improvement, the provisions of the Contract relating to the time of performance and completion of work are of the essence of this Contract. The Contractor shall begin work on the day specified in the Notice to Proceed and shall prosecute the work diligently so as to assure completion of the work within the number of calendar days or date specified, or the date to which the time for completion may have been extended. 202.06 PARTIAL WAIVER OR WAIVER BY ACQUIESCENCE Partial waiver or waiver by acquiescence of any of the general or special provisions of this contract shall not constitute waiver of any of the other provisions contained in the Contract Documents.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 16 of 318

SECTION 203

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

203.00 LAWS AND REGULATIONS This contract is subject to and shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Colorado, and the Charter, City Code, Ordinances, Rules and Regulations of the City of Colorado Springs, Colorado, a Colorado Home Rule City. Court Jurisdiction shall exclusively be in the District Court for El Paso County. The Contractor shall insure that the Contractor and the Contractor’s employees, agents, and officers are familiar with, and comply with, applicable Federal, State, and Local laws and regulations as now written or hereafter amended. 203.01 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT ASSESSMENT If the cost of the improvement to be constructed under the contract is to be assessed upon the owners of land benefited by such improvement, upon complaint of any such landowner that the improvement is not being constructed in accordance with the contract, the City Council may consider the complaint and make such order in the premises as shall be just to ensure compliance with the contract. 203.02 ALL LEGAL PROVISIONS INCLUDED It is the intention and agreement of the parties to this contract that all legal provisions of law required to be inserted, shall be and are inserted. However, if by mistake or otherwise, some such provision is not inserted, or is not inserted in proper form, then upon application of either party, the contract shall be amended so as to strictly comply with the law and without prejudice to the rights of either party. 203.03 SEVERABILITY If any provisions of this contract shall be held unconstitutional, illegal, or void, such finding shall not affect any other provisions of this contract. 203.04 FOREIGN ENTITY All bidders/offerors shall comply with State Statute 7-90-801, Authority to transact business or conduct activities required, and 7-90-802 Consequences of transacting business or conducting activities without authority. 203.05 LICENSES AND PERMITS It shall be the responsibility of the successful bidder to obtain, at his expense, all necessary licenses and permits to do the project, in accordance with applicable Federal, State and local laws, regulations and ordinances. Typical permits and fees include, but are not limited to, Excavation/Boring Permits, Concrete Construction Permits, Fugitive Dust Permits, Regional Building Permits, Pavement Degradation fees, as well as Traffic Control and Barricade Plans to be approved by the City Traffic Division for all work within public rights-of-way and easements i.e. (curb and gutter, sidewalks, pedestrian ramps and cross pans). 203.06 EMPLOYMENT OF ILLEGAL ALIENS Illegal Aliens - Public Contracts for Services - Compliance with Title 8, Article 17.5, Colorado Revised Statutes: The Contractor acknowledges, understands, agrees, and certifies that: In the performance of any work or the provision of any services by the Contractor under this Contract, the Contractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this contract; or Enter into a contract with any subcontractor that fails to certify to the contractor that the subcontractor shall not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien to perform work under this Contract or under the subcontract to this contract. In The Contractor certifies in accord with Section 8-17.5-102(1) C.R.S. that, on the date the Contractor signs this contract, the Contractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien who will perform work under this contract and that the Contractor shall participate in the e-verify program or Colorado Department of Labor and Employment program in order to confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are newly hired for employment or to perform work under this contract. The contractor is expressly prohibited from using basic pilot program procedures to undertake pre-employment screening of job applicants while this Contract and any services under this Contract is being performed. If the contractor obtains actual knowledge that a subcontractor performing work under the public contract for services knowingly employs or contracts with an illegal alien, the Contractor shall notify the subcontractor and the City within three days that the contractor has actual knowledge that the subcontractor is employing or contracting with an illegal alien, and terminate the subcontract with the subcontractor if within three days of receiving the notice the subcontractor does not stop employing or contracting with the illegal alien; except that the contractor shall not terminate the contract with the subcontractor if during the three days the B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 17 of 318

subcontractor provides information to establish that the subcontractor has not knowingly employed or contracted with an illegal alien. The Contractor shall comply with any request by the City, federal government, or the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment made in the course of an investigation that the department, pursuant to the authority established in Section 8-17.5-102 C.R.S., or a City or federal investigation. If the contractor violates or fails to comply with any provision of C.R.S. 8-17-101 et seq, the City may terminate this Contract for breach of contract. If this contract is so terminated, the Contractor shall be liable for any actual and consequential damages to the City. SECTION 204

AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT

204.00 AWARD The contract shall be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder in the best interests of the City as specified in the Instructions to Bidders of the Invitation for Bids or Request for Proposals. 204.01 CONTRACT EXECUTED A single original contract to include the Contractor's Performance, Labor and Material Payment and Maintenance Bonds will be executed and maintained in the official contract file located in the City Contracts office. The original copy of the contract maintained in the City Contracting file shall take precedence for purposes of interpretation or determining what the contract says. After all required signatures are obtained; photocopy counterparts (copies) will be made and distributed to: (a) Contractor (b) Project Manager/Engineer (c) City Finance Department (d) Inspector Each Bond shall have an original Power of Attorney attached. The successful bidder shall provide compensation insurance and public liability and property damage insurance as outlined in the contract. The costs of executing the bonds, contract and insurance, including all notaries fees and expense, are to be paid by the Contractor to whom the contract is awarded. 204.02 VERBAL AGREEMENTS No verbal agreements or conversations with any agent or employee of the City either before or after execution of the Contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the Contract. 204.03 CONTRACT SECURITY The Contractor shall furnish good and sufficient Performance, Labor and Material Payment and Maintenance Bonds on the form attached hereto in an amount not less than the full amount of the contract price as security for the faithful performance of the contract, for the payment of all persons performing labor and furnishing material in connection with the work, and for all guarantees of materials and workmanship required in the Contract. If at any time during the continuance of the contract a surety on the Contractor's bond or bonds becomes irresponsible, the City shall have the right to require additional and sufficient sureties which the Contractor shall furnish within ten (10) days after written notice to do so. Any additional surety bonds shall cover the entire original contract amount and any increases thereto. 204.04 BOND FORMS Bonds shall be furnished on forms prepared by the City. Copies of the City's Bond Forms will be included in the Exhibits Section of the Invitation for Bids. 204.05 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR In the performance of the Contractor's obligations under this contract, it is understood, acknowledged and agreed between the parties that the Contractor is at all times acting and performing as an Independent Contractor, and the City shall neither have nor exercise any control or direction over the manner and means by which the Contractor performs the Contractor's obligations under this contract, except as otherwise stated within the contract terms. The Contractor understands and agrees that the contractor and the contractor's employees, agents, servants, or other personnel are not City employees. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for payment of salaries, wages, payroll taxes, unemployment benefits or any other form of compensation or benefit to the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, agents, servants or other personnel performing services or work under this contract, whether it be of a direct or indirect nature. Further in that regard, it is expressly understood and agreed that for such purposes neither the Contractor nor the Contractor's employees, agents, servants or other B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 18 of 318

personnel shall be entitled to any City payroll, insurance, unemployment, worker's compensation, retirement or any other benefits whatsoever. SECTION 205

THE CONTRACT: FOLLOWING EXECUTION

205.00 MATERIALS Unless otherwise stipulated in the contract, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor, water, tools, equipment, light power, transportation, and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. 205.01 SCHEDULE The Contractor shall be responsible for planning, scheduling, and reporting the progress of the work to ensure timely completion of the work as called for in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall prepare a Project Schedule that shall be used for coordination, for evaluation of progress, and for the evaluation of changes to the Contract. The Schedule shall include all activities, including those of subcontractors, Contractor’s engineers and surveyors, and suppliers. Seasonal and weather constraints, utility coordination, railroad restrictions, right of way restrictions, traffic constraints, environmental constraints, other project interfaces, expected job learning curves and other constraints shall be considered when preparing the Project Schedule, including any phasing or sequencing of the work specified in the Contract Documents. Days scheduled as no work days shall be indicated. The Schedule shall consist of a Methods Statement as defined in part A. below and a progress schedule consisting of (1) a Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule as defined in part B. below, or (2) a Bar Chart schedule as defined in part C. below. A CPM Schedule shall be required if the contract exceeds $250,000 or if the construction period exceeds 150 calendar days, unless the Contract Documents stipulate otherwise. The CPM Schedule shall utilize Primavera’s Suretrak Project Manager software or be capable of being read and manipulated by Suretrak Project Manager software. The Schedule shall show all work completed within the contract time. The Contractor shall submit two copies of all required schedule information as described below. Schedules, schedule updates, diagrams and reports using CPM shall also be submitted electronically in the appropriate software format. All schedules, diagrams, and reports shall include a title, project number, date of preparation, and the name of the Contractor. The Bar Chart or Critical Path Method 90-day schedule shall be submitted at least 10 working days prior to the start of the work. The Project Engineer’s review of the Schedule will not exceed 5 working days. Work shall not begin until the Schedule is accepted in writing, unless otherwise approved by the Project Engineer. (a) Methods Statement. A Methods Statement shall be prepared for the prominent features listed in the Contract Documents, and for any feature not listed in the Contract Documents that the Contractor considers a controlling factor for timely completion. The Methods Statement shall be a detailed narrative describing each feature and all work necessary to complete the feature. The Methods Statement shall be submitted with the Contractor’s schedule. The following format is required: 1. Feature: Name of the feature; 2. Responsibility: Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, utility, etc. responsible for the feature; 3. Procedures: Procedures to be used to complete the work. The procedure to be used shall include general information regarding methods such as forming, excavation, pouring, heating and curing, backfill and embankment, trenching, protecting the work, etc. When separate or different procedures are to be employed by the Contractor due to seasonal or project phasing requirements, such differing procedures shall be described in the procedure statement; 4. Production Rates: The planned quantity of work per day for each feature; 5. Labor Force: The labor force planned to do the work; 6. Equipment: The number, types, and capacities of equipment planned to do the work; 7. Work Times: The planned time for the work to include: (a) number of work days per week (b) number of shifts per day (c) number of hours per shift

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 19 of 318

At the Project Engineer’s request, the Contractor shall update the Methods Statement, or any part thereof, and submit it with the Job Progress Narrative Report or Schedule Update, whichever is earlier. (b) Critical Path Method. CPM is a scheduling method which shows the interdependencies between work activities. The critical path is that path through the schedule which, if delayed, will cause a delay to project completion. The progress schedule shall include as a minimum the prominent features of this project as listed in the Contract Documents. The progress schedule shall include all activities for all work on the project, including subcontracted work, delivery dates for critical material, submittal and review periods, milestone requirements and no work periods. Where the project has specific phases, each phase shall be described separately for each applicable prominent feature. Construction activity duration shall not exceed 15 calendar days unless approved by the Project Engineer. Series of activities that have aggregate durations of five calendar days or less may be grouped in a single activity. For example, “form, reinforce, and pour pier” could be defined as a single activity rather than three. Single activities or a series of grouped activities of at least 1 calendar day duration may also need to be included in the Project Schedule as determined by the Project Engineer (e.g. same activities but noted separately by location). Time Scaled Logic Diagram: This diagram shall show the logical progression of all activities required to complete the work defined in the Contract Documents. Activity information shall include activity ID, description, duration, early start and finish dates, late start and finish dates, total float, and responsibility. 1. 90-Day Schedule. The 90-day Schedule shall provide all necessary detail for procurement, construction and submittal activities required during the first 90 days of contract time. This submittal shall include a Time Scaled Logic Diagram. 2. Project Schedule. The Project Schedule submittal shall consist of a Time Scaled Logic Diagram and Schedule Report. It shall be prepared in full and submitted to the Project Engineer within 45 calendar days after the Project Engineer’s acceptance of the 90-day Schedule. The Project Engineer’s review of the Project Schedule will not exceed one week. Revisions required as a result of the Project Engineer’s review shall be submitted within one week. Work shall not continue beyond the initial 90 days until the Project Schedule is accepted in writing, unless otherwise approved by the Project Engineer. The Project Schedule shall cover the time from the Day of Notice to Proceed to the predicted completion date. The Schedule Report shall tabulate for each activity the activity ID, description, duration, earliest start and finish date, latest start and finish date, total float time, and responsibility. Other reports and scheduling documentation may be requested by the Project Engineer 3. Schedule Updates. The Contractor shall update the 90-day Schedule or the Project Schedule to reflect actual construction progress of all work activities on the project. Updates shall show the previous 30 days progress and a 60-day projection for all work started, completed, or in progress during this three month window. The Project Schedule shall be updated as of the cutoff date for the monthly progress pay estimate and submitted to the Project Engineer before the payment of the progress pay estimate is approved. Each of the diagrams, charts, and reports shall comply with the requirements for the Project Schedule above, except that they shall also include the actual completion dates and percentages of completion for the appropriate activities. (c) Bar Chart. The Bar Chart shall be time scaled and shall show the following: 1. The prominent features, as listed in the Contract Documents. 2. Any feature not listed in the Contract Documents that the Contractor considers a controlling factor for timely completion. 3. The number of days required to complete each feature and its relationship in time to other features. 4. Sufficient space for each feature to permit two additional plots parallel to the original time span plot. 5. The anticipated delivery dates for equipment or materials in any feature that could affect timely completion of the project. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 20 of 318

6. Critical completion dates for any activity within any feature that could affect timely completion of the project. 7. Connecting lines between features that show the intended progression of activities. The Project Schedule shall cover the time from the Day of Notice to Proceed to the predicted completion date. The Project Schedule shall be updated as of the cutoff date for the monthly progress pay estimate and submitted to the Project Engineer before the payment of the progress pay estimate is approved. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the original bar chart showing, for each feature, the days actually worked and the anticipated days required to complete. (d) Project Coordination. The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate and schedule their work to include utility work anticipated. Various City and private utility agencies may be working to install and/or inspect their utilities within the project area. Reasonable delays should be expected for utility lowering, relocations and placement. These delays shall not be reason for granting any monetary change or performance time alteration to the contract. As a minimum, the Contractor’s Project Schedule shall reflect coordination with the following: 1. City of Colorado Springs City Engineering Division 2. City of Colorado Springs Traffic Engineering Division 3. Colorado Springs Utilities (water, wastewater, gas, electric) 4. City of Colorado Springs Parks, Recreation and Cultural Services Department 5. Private Utility and Telecommunication Companies (e) Contractor Early Finish or Voluntary Acceleration. Early finish or voluntary acceleration of the schedule by the Contractor is acceptable provided: 1. At the time the Contractor submits the Project Schedule indicating an early finish or voluntary acceleration, the City is notified in writing of actions on the City’s part necessary to accommodate the change(s). 2. The City agrees to such change(s) in writing. 3. The City is compensated by the Contractor for any inconvenience or expense associated with the change(s). 4. There is no increased Contract cost. A Job Progress Narrative Report shall be submitted bi-weekly as a minimum and with all Schedule updates. It shall detail the description of job progress, problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors and their anticipated effects, impacts to job milestones or project completion, any corrective action proposed or taken, and any minor revisions to the Schedule. If the Job Progress Narrative Report indicates problem areas and impacts to job milestones or project completion, a revised Schedule Update shall also be submitted as specified below. Revision of the Schedule may be required, as determined by the Project Engineer, for: a major revision in the schedule logic or methods of construction; the addition, deletion, or revision of activities required by contract modification; delays in milestones or the completion of the project; or for prosecution of work that revises the phasing or staging which is represented on the plans or on the progress schedule. If in the opinion of the Project Engineer, the Contractor falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor shall take steps necessary to improve project progress, including those steps that may be required by the Project Engineer, without additional costs to the City. In those circumstances where the Contractor is behind schedule, the City may require the Contractor to increase the number of shifts, overtime operations, days of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, and to submit such changes and revisions to the schedule to the Project Engineer for approval that will demonstrate how the approved rate of required progress will be regained. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the Project Engineer under this subsection shall be grounds for a determination by the City that the Contractor is not prosecuting the work with sufficient diligence to ensure timely completion of the contract as required. If it is determined that a revision to the Schedule is required, it shall be provided to the Project Engineer for review within 15 calendar days of written notification. The Project Engineer’s review of the revised schedule will not exceed 5 working days. Revisions required as a result of the Project Engineer’s review shall be submitted within 5 working days. When accepted by the Project Engineer in writing, the revised schedule shall become the Project Schedule. The Contractor shall participate in the Project Engineer’s review and evaluation of the submittals. Meetings will be held to review progress and planning when requested by the Project Engineer or B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 21 of 318

Contractor. The Project Engineer may request additional project scheduling information and documentation as deemed necessary, including reports and other information that may be reasonably generated using CPM software if required by the contract. The Contractor shall prosecute the work according to the Schedule. The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that its subcontractors, suppliers, and engineers/surveyors, at any tier, also prosecute the work according to the Schedule. The City shall be entitled to rely on the Contractor’s Schedule for planning and coordination. Acceptance of the Contractor’s Schedule by the Project Engineer is not to be construed as relieving the Contractor of obligation to complete the contract work within the contract time allowed for the portion of the work or the entire Contract, or granting, rejecting or in any other way acting on the Contractor’s request for extension of contract time, or claims for additional compensation. All costs relating to preparation, submittal, and acceptance of the Schedule, reports and revisions, and all requirements of this subsection will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of this subsection shall be grounds for a determination by the Project Engineer that no further progress payments are to be made until the Contractor is in full compliance. 205.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Promptly following the execution of the contract documents for all lump sum contracts, the Contractor shall prepare and transmit to the Engineer two copies of an itemized breakdown showing the unit quantities of each major construction item and the corresponding unit prices. Such unit prices shall contain all costs including profit and overhead of each item complete in place. The total cost of all the items shall equal the contract price for the project. This breakdown, when approved by the Engineer, will be used primarily in determining payment due the Contractor on periodical estimates. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, any unit price submitted by the Contractor is unbalanced, a detailed breakdown of the items contained in the unit will be required. For contracts bid on a unit price basis, payment shall be made based on the actual number of units installed or performed that are complete, however, payment shall not exceed the total contract amount unless previously approved by Change Order. 205.03 SURVEYS Unless otherwise specified in the Contract documents, the City will furnish all site surveys, easements, pipeline licenses, etc., necessary to authorize construction of any permanent works required in the Contract, where such work is to be done on property other than the City's. The project limits of construction shall be within the public right-of-way and/or easements. The Contractor shall not trespass on premises outside of the limits of construction for this project, unless permission to do so is granted by the property owner in writing. Copies of any such grant shall be furnished to the City prior to the performance of any work outside the limits of construction. 205.04 TAXATION The Contractor's payment or exemption of State of Colorado, El Paso County and City Sales and Use Taxes shall be as specified in the as specified in the Instructions to Bidders of the Invitation for Bids or Request for Proposals. 205.05 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT No assignment or transfer by the Contractor of this contract or any part thereof or of the funds to be received thereunder by the Contractor will be recognized unless such assignment has had the prior written approval of the City and the surety has been given due notice of such assignment. Such written approval by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations incurred by them under the terms of this contract. In addition to the usual recitals in assignment contracts, the following language must be set forth: It is agreed that the funds to be paid to the assignee under this assignment are subject to a prior lien for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in said contract in favor of all persons, firms, or corporations rendering such services or supplying such materials. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 22 of 318

205.06 SUBCONTRACTS The Contractor will be permitted to sublet a portion of the Contract, however, the Contractor’s organization shall perform work amounting to 30 percent or more of the original total cost of bid items. Any items designated in the contract as “specialty items” may be performed by subcontract. The cost of “specialty items” so performed by subcontract may be deducted from the original total cost of bid items before computing the amount of work required to be performed by the Contractor’s own organization. The calculation of the percentage of subcontracted work shall be based on the prime contract unit prices rather than subcontract unit prices. Proportional value for a subcontracted partial contract item will be verified by the Engineer. For the purpose of calculating the value of subcontracted work, the cost of procuring materials and manufactured products can be included in either the prime contractor subcontract. However, when a firm both sells material to a prime contractor and performs the work of incorporating the materials into the project, these two phases shall be considered in combination and as constituting a single subcontract. The Contractor shall as soon as practical after signing the contract, notify the Project Engineer/Manager in writing, giving the names and qualifications of all subcontractors proposed for work within fifteen (15) business days of notice of award. The City shall have the right to reject subcontractors who are debarred or suspended from doing business with the City of Colorado Springs. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of each subcontract he awards, giving: (a) Name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor (b) Branch of work covered (c) Total price of subcontract (d) Date of subcontract It shall be the responsibility of the Prime Contractor to file with the Engineer copies of applicable permits and licenses required to do the subcontracted work. Subcontracts, or transfer of Contract shall not release the Contractor of liability under the Contract and bonds. 205.07 OTHER CONTRACTS The City may undertake or award other contracts for additional work at or near the site of the work under this contract. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the other contractors and with City employees and shall carefully adapt their scheduling and performance of the work to accommodate the additional work, heeding any direction that may be directed by the Project Engineer/Manager. The Contractor shall not commit or permit any act, which will interfere with the performance of work by any other contractor. SECTION 206

CONSTRUCTION SITE

206.00 LANDS TO BE USED FOR WORK The Contractor shall confine the work activities to the area shown in the construction drawings. The Engineer will furnish the contractor with copies of all executed ROW and easement documents for the project. The established work zone shall be marked and secured with orange safety fence. Any additional work area required within adjoining private properties must be acquired by the Contractor by written permission from the property owner. The Contractor shall restore any damage or disruption to other properties utilized in the performance of this project to an equal or better than pre-construction condition at no cost to the City. The Contractor shall hold the City harmless from any claims to damage or disruption of private property. Contractor shall provide at their expense and without liability to the City any additional land and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or for storage of materials. All such costs will be considered incidental to the work and included in the bid by the Contractor. Contractor personnel shall not unnecessarily enter upon private property without the express written consent of the landowner. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a copy of the written permission. The City will be held harmless of Contractor negligence in matters of trespassing. 206.01 STORAGE OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall confine their equipment, apparatus, the storage of materials and operations of Contractor's workmen to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or directions of the City and shall not encumber the project site with materials or equipment not necessary for the project.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 23 of 318

206.02 LOADING OF STRUCTURES The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger the structure's safety. The Contractor shall enforce the Engineer's instructions regarding signs, advertisements, fires, and smoke. 206.03 SANITARY PROVISIONS The Contractor shall provide and maintain on the construction site at all times suitable sanitary facilities for use of those employed on this contract without committing any public nuisance. All toilet facilities shall be subject to the approval of the El Paso County Health Department. All portable toilet facilities for this project shall be kept on City or State right-of-way as directed by the Engineer. 206.04 ACCIDENT PREVENTION Precaution shall be exercised at all times for the protection of persons, including employees, and property. The safety provisions of all Federal, State and Municipal laws and any other codes relating to the public safety, shall be strictly observed, and the contractor shall, at all times, whether or not so specifically directed by the Engineer, take the necessary precautions to ensure the protection of the public. Piling, sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench which may be detrimental to human safety, traffic flow, the pipe being placed, trees, or to any existing structure. Excavated materials shall be placed a safe distance from the sides of the trench. Heavy equipment shall not be used or placed near the sides of the trench unless the trench is adequately braced. If the Engineer or any City Safety Officer or their designated representatives become aware of failure to comply with applicable safety regulations, the Engineer or City Safety Officer or their designated representatives may inform the contractor who shall take immediate steps to remedy the noncompliance. The Engineer or City Safety Officer or their designated representatives shall give written notification to the contractor directing them to correct the unsafe acts or conditions. If the contractor fails to comply with such a notification, the Engineer or City Safety Officer or their designated representatives may issue a "stop work" order in accordance with Section 108.06 of the General Provisions of this contract, and work shall only be resumed after adequate corrective actions have been taken to comply with the safety deficiencies the Contractor has been notified of. Stoppage of work because of noncompliance with prescribed accident precaution measures shall not be subject to claim for changed condition or changes in work, nor for extension of completion time. 206.05 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS AND PROPERTY The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary watchmen, barricades, lights, and warning signs and take all necessary precautions for the protection of the public. The contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all work from damage, and shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the City's property from injury or loss arising in connection with the contract. The Contractor shall make good any damage, injury, or loss to their work and to the property of the City resulting from lack of reasonable protective precautions except such as may be due to errors in the contract documents, or caused by agents or employees of the City. The Contractor shall check all cautionary signs at least once a day during this contract. The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of all their work from damage and shall protect the City's and adjacent property from injury arising in connection with this contract. The Contractor will be responsible for any and all damage to property, public or private, that may be caused by their operations in the performance of this contract, and the Contractor shall defend any suit that may be brought against themselves or the City on account of damage inflicted by their operations, and shall pay any judgments awarded to cover such damage. The Contractor shall be responsible for the restoration of all existing surface or subsurface improvements damaged as a result of construction at no additional cost to the City. 206.06 PUBLIC ROADS The Contractor in executing the work on this project shall not unnecessarily impede or interfere with traffic on public highways or streets. Detours, including surfacing, guard rails, temporary bridges and culverts, as may be shown on the drawings, or ordered by the Engineer to accommodate the general public, B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 24 of 318

residents adjacent to the improvements, and the United States mail shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor in a good workmanlike manner. Any call out of City Barricade Crews shall be charged to and paid for by the Contractor. All work done within the public right-of-way and/or easements requires an approved Traffic Control Plan by the City Traffic Engineering Division. The Contractor shall provide and maintain in place all barricades, warning signs, lights and other safety devices required to protect the work, divert traffic, and warn pedestrians of open excavation, unfilled trenches, and other areas or conditions which might be hazardous or dangerous during the daylight or dark. Detour routings must first be submitted to the Traffic Engineer for review and approval and shall be signed for the entire route of the detour as required to return the traffic to their street or origination. Detours shall be maintained throughout the period of construction in such a manner as to provide the least amount of disruption to normal traffic flow All signing and barricading shall conform to the latest editions of the following: (a) Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Street and Highways (MUTCD) (b) City of Colorado Springs Traffic Signage and Markings Manual (c) City of Colorado Springs Construction Traffic Control Manual The Traffic Engineer may require flag persons or off-duty police officers for traffic direction. Any call out of the City Barricade crews shall be charged to the Contractor. 206.07 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CURBS, GUTTERS AND DRIVEWAYS The Contractor shall exercise care in protecting existing curbs, gutters and driveways. Curbs, gutters and driveways damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. 206.08 PROTECTING AND REMOVING PLANTINGS The Contractor shall protect all existing trees, shrubs and other plantings from above ground and root structure damage during the construction activities. Plantings which are considered to be slightly damaged shall be properly pruned and sealed according to accepted nursery practices. Unnecessary damage to plants or trees will subject the Contractor to cash penalties as determined by the Engineer. Where plantings are in conflict with new work, as determined by the City Forester (plantings in the public right-of-way) or by the inspector or owner (plantings on private property), the Contractor shall at his expense remove the planting. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Forester prior to working in the vicinity of plantings in the public right of way. In all cases, the proper planting season shall be observed to assure proper establishment and growth of the plantings. Tree branches shall be trimmed back to the trunk, all around, to a minimum height of 8’ above the adjacent walkway. Work shall be done only by a licensed Tree Service. 206.09 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY The contractor shall conduct the work to minimize obstruction to traffic and inconvenience to property owners within the project area. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Property Owners at least 48 hours in advance of any construction that may affect access, parking and/or existing structures, including fences, adjacent to that property. Suitable access and parking will be maintained at all times. Relocating of fences and structures shall be coordinated with owners and shall include miscellaneous items including, but not limited to, temporary fence, sod replacement, sprinkler system modifications, railroad tie walls, etc. If no bid items are included in the contract, these items will be considered incidental to the work and are to be included in the unit prices. The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation of fencing, landscaping, sprinklers, control boxes, utility services, street signs and mail boxes and the salvaging of any materials suitable for re-use with the City Inspector and, if on private property, with the respective property owners. The Contractor shall notify and coordinate the closing and construction of the driveways, curb, gutter and sidewalks with the Project Engineer and the adjoining property owners in advance of work in writing. Any restrictions on street parking or traffic movement shall be coordinated with the City Traffic Engineer. The B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 25 of 318

Contractor shall make every effort to minimize the inconvenience to property owners and to the traveling and pedestrian public. 206.10 COORDINATION WITH PROPERTY OWNERS The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Property Owners at least 48 hours in advance of any construction that may affect access, parking and/or existing structures, including fences adjacent to that property. Suitable access and parking will be maintained at all times. Relocating of fences and structures shall be coordinated with owners and shall include miscellaneous items including, but not limited to, temporary fence, sod replacement, sprinkler system modifications, railroad tie walls, etc. These items are considered to be incidental to the work and are to be included in the unit prices. The Contractor shall coordinate the relocation of fencing, landscaping, sprinklers, control boxes, utility services, street signs and mail boxes and the salvaging of any materials suitable for re-use with the City Inspector and, if on private property, with the respective property owners. The Contractor shall notify and coordinate the closing and construction of the driveways, curb, gutter and sidewalks with the Project Engineer and the adjoining property owners in advance of work in writing. Access may be limited to half the existing driveway width for limited periods during concrete driveway and street construction. An additional verbal notice shall be provided to each business 30 minutes prior to the actual access drive closure. Any restrictions on street parking or traffic movement shall be coordinated with the City Traffic Engineer. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize the inconvenience to the traveling and pedestrian public. 206.11 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN SAFE SITE In case of injury to persons or property by reason of failure to erect and to maintain necessary barricades, safeguards, and signals, or by reason of any act of negligence of the Contractor, or Contractor's subcontractors, agents, or employees, during the performance of this contract, the City may withhold payments due the Contractor so long as shall be reasonably necessary to indemnify the City on account of any such injuries, but the City's payment or failure to pay any sum shall not be considered as a waiver of its right under the indemnity provision of this contract. 206.12 EROSION AND DRAINAGE CONTROL Contractor shall provide for the drainage of stormwater and such water as may be applied or discharged on the site in performance of the work per the latest revision of the City of Colorado Springs Drainage Criteria Manual, Volume II. Drainage facilities shall be adequate to prevent damage to the work, the site and adjacent property. The Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary waste, sediment, debris or other substances resulting from this work. He shall be required to clean up and isolate such materials on a continuing basis to prevent risk of washing into such drainage ways. Should the affected areas of the project exceed 1 acre a Stormwater Discharge Permit shall be required. Affected area includes excavations, material stockpiles and areas where equipment and vehicles disturb the ground. An exact definition should be obtained from the CDPHE. 206.13 POLLUTION The Contractor shall at all times ensure compliance with applicable Federal, State, and Municipal air, water, and noise pollution laws and ordinances. The Contractor shall at all times have the proper sprinkling equipment available and shall apply water in the amount determined by each site condition or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits at Contractor's expense, which may include, but not be limited to, El Paso County or a State Air Emission permit, State of Colorado Construction Activity permit, State of Colorado Dewatering permit and Section 404 Corp of Engineers permit, unless otherwise specified in the Invitation for Bids. 206.14 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION All temporary facilities, including the Contractor's field office which they may maintain at the site, and additional offices erected by subcontractors, shall be neatly constructed and arranged on the site in an orderly manner. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer, for approval prior to starting work, a construction plan layout, showing arrangement of storage areas, temporary buildings, equipment, and work areas. The Contractor shall provide suitable weather-tight storage sheds of capacity required to B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 26 of 318

contain all materials which might be damaged by storage in the open. The Contractor shall at all times keep copies of all contract documents readily accessible at their office at the site. 206.15 TEMPORARY WATER SUPPLY The Contractor shall provide at Contractor's own expense temporary water connections and water supply necessary for the prosecution of the work and permit all contractors on the work to use this supply at a reasonable prorated charge, or by sub-metering. The Contractor shall pay for all water consumed in the work, and shall arrange with municipal authorities for temporary connections and payment of service charges. (Use most current Code of the City of Colorado Springs). Upon completion of the contract work, all temporary waterlines shall be removed. 206.16 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC LIGHT AND POWER The Contractor shall arrange with the City Utility Departments for temporary electric light and power necessary for the prosecution of the work. The Contractor shall pay for all electric current consumed, and shall permit all contractors on the work to use this supply at a reasonable prorated charge, or by submetering. 206.17 TEMPORARY HEAT The Contractor shall provide adequate, temporary heat required during construction. Until the building or work area is enclosed, heavy tarpaulin shall be used to enclose any space requiring heating or protection from weather during construction operations. After the heating plant is in operating condition and the building is enclosed, heat may be provided from the permanent heating plant if such is approved by the Engineer. In such case, the Contractor shall arrange to operate the plant, connect permanent or temporary radiation or unit heaters, and so maintain the plant during operation that it will be turned over to the City undamaged at the completion of the work. The Contractor shall provide all fuel required. In no case shall salamander heating be used in finished or plastered surfaces; instead, gas-steam radiators, unit heaters, or other suitable and approved means shall be used if the permanent heating plant is not available. 206.18 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary enclosures for the work as may be required to permit continuation of interior work during inclement weather, if wall and roof construction has progressed sufficiently to make interior work possible. 206.19 CLEAN-UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the work area including storage and staging areas, free from accumulations of waste materials. The Contractor is also responsible for any costs associated with cleanup of debris from the work site or storage areas that may inadvertently be scattered outside the area by weather or vandalism. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall leave the work area in a clean neat and orderly condition satisfactory to the Project Engineer/Manager. SECTION 207

INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

207.00 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE For the duration of the Contract, Contractor shall, at his own expense, procure and maintain insurance and shall require all subcontractors of all tiers to provide and maintain insurance of the type and in the limits as set forth below, on all operations, in companies authorized to do business in the State of Colorado and rated by A.M. Best’s Rating as A:VIII or better, or in companies acceptable to City of Colorado Springs, as follows: (a) Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance. Workers’ Compensation insurance shall be provided as required by an applicable law or regulation. Employer’s liability insurance shall be provided in amounts not less than $500,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident, $500,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease, and $500,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease. The contractor shall require each subcontractor similarly to maintain Workers’ Compensation and Employer Liability insurance. The Employer’s liability limits for professional services contracts are $100K/$100K/$500K. (b) General Liability Insurance. Commercial General Liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor providing insurance for bodily injury liability and property damage liability for the limits of liability indicated below and including coverage for: B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 27 of 318

(2) premises and operations liability; (3) products liability (4) completed operations liability shall be provided for two years following substantial completion of the work; (5) contractual liability insuring the obligations assumed by Contractor in this agreement; (6) property in the care, custody and control of the contractor; (7) X.C.U. Coverage – If the contract requires any work procedures involving blasting, excavating, tunneling, or other underground work, the liability coverage shall include coverage commonly referred to as X.C.U. for explosion, collapse and underground hazards. (8) Personal/advertising injury liability; and (9) railroad liability within 50’ of railroad, if working within the vicinity of any railroad, bridge, trestle, track, roadbed, tunnel, underpass or crossing. Except with respect to bodily injury and property damage included within the products and completed operations, the aggregate limits, where applicable, shall apply separately to Contractor’s work under this Contract. The limits of liability shall not be less than:  $1,000,000 each occurrence (combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage)  $1,000,000 for Personal Injury Liability  $2,000,000 Aggregate for Products-Completed Operation  $2,000,000 General Aggregate (c) Automobile Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall carry Automobile Liability Insurance (Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability) including coverage for all owned, hired and non-owned automobiles. The limits of liability shall not be less than $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit for each accident. Contractor’s Automobile Liability insurance policy shall include coverage for Automobile Contractual Liability. (d) Professional Liability. If the agreement requires any work for professional services, contractor, must carry Professional Liability insurance including errors and omission coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claims made and aggregate. (e) Pollution Liability. In the event the Services involve any excavation, subsurface, underground, or dewatering work, contractor must carry at all times during the term of this Agreement, and for twenty-four (24) months following termination of this Agreement, a Pollution Liability policy with limits not less than $5,000,000 per loss (or claims made) and not less than $5,000,000 aggregate for Bodily Injury, Personal Injury and Property Damage. This coverage must include any losses arising from transit exposures and also include all costs associated with clean-up, containment, and disposal of any hazardous liquids or materials. (f) Umbrella/Excess Liability. (1) In the event the value of this Agreement is $50,000 or more, contractor shall maintain umbrella/excess liability insurance in an amount of not less than $1,000,000 with respect to coverage required under the Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer’s Liability. This coverage must be Umbrella coverage, offering coverage “at least as broad as all underlying coverages.” (2) In the event the value of this Agreement exceeds $50,000, contractor shall maintain umbrella/excess liability insurance in an amount of not less than $5,000,000 with respect to coverage required under the Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer’s Liability. This coverage must be Umbrella coverage, offering coverage “at least as broad as all underlying coverages.” Subcontractors shall be required to maintain umbrella/excess liability insurance limits of at least $1,000,000. (g) Deductible or Self-Insured Retention. Any deductible or self-insured retention must be declared to the City. Any and all deductibles or self-insurance retentions in the foregoing insurance policies shall be assumed by and be for the account of, and at the sole risk of the contractor and its subcontractors. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 28 of 318

Contractor shall verify its subcontractors’ compliance with the requirements of sections (a) through (g), and cause their certificates of insurance to be provided to contractor, and upon request, to be made available to utilities. On all policies except for Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability, and Professional Liability, the certificates shall also contain a specific endorsement adding the City as additional insured’s, as well as specifically stating that all coverage furnished by contractor is primary, and that any insurance held by the City is excess and non-contributory. Certificates of insurance shall be furnished by contractor to the City before any Services are commenced hereunder by contractor. The certificates of insurance shall provide that there will be no cancellation, reduction or modification of coverage without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the City except for 10 days notice with respect to non-payment of premium. If Contractor does not comply with this section, the City may, in addition to any other remedies it may have, terminate this Agreement, subject to any provision of this Agreement. Alternatively, the City may, at its option, provide insurance coverage to protect the City and charge contractor for the cost of that insurance. The required insurance shall be subject to the approval of the City, but any acceptance of insurance certificates by the City shall not limit or relieve the contractor of the duties and responsibilities assumed by it under this Agreement. The insurance requirements are minimum requirements for the Contract and in no way limit the indemnity covenants contained in the Contract. The City in no way warrants that the minimum limits contained herein are sufficient to protect the contractor from liabilities that might arise out of the performance of the work under the Contract by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors and Contractor is free to purchase additional insurance as may be determined necessary. The foregoing requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by Contractor, and any approval of said insurance by the City, or their insurance consultant(s) are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liability and obligations otherwise assumed by Contractor pursuant to this agreement, including but not limited to the provisions concerning indemnification. The City reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor in the event of material noncompliance with the insurance requirements outlined above. 207.01 BUILDER’S RISK INSURANCE. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain Builder’s Risk Insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent modifications, change orders, and cost of material supplied or installed by others, comprising total value of the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. (a) Policy must provide coverage from the time any covered property becomes the responsibility of the Contractor, and continue without interruption during construction, renovation, or installation, including any time during which the covered property is being transported to the construction installation site, or awaiting installation, whether on or off site. (b) If City purchases Builder’s Risk Insurance, the insurance will not include coverage for tools or clothing of workers, or tools, equipment, protective fencing, scaffolding, temporary structure, bracing, or forms owned, rented, or used by the Contractor, its subcontractors, or uninsured parties and used in the performance of the work, unless such items are specifically identified in the contract and their values declared under the builder’s risk insurance policy. (c) The City, its Board of Directors, officers, agents, employees, and consultants rendering services at the project site will not be liable or responsible for loss or damage to the items excluded under the Builder’s Risk coverage, and the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City, its Board of Directors, officers, agents, employees, its consultants rendering services at the project site, other project contractors, and their subcontractors from claims or causes of action brought by any person or parties as a result of loss or damage to such excluded items. (d) The Builder’s Risk policy will be endorsed waiving the carrier’s rights of recovery under subrogation against the City, its Board of Directors, officers, agents, employees, and consultants rendering services at the project site and the Contractor. (e) The Contractor shall be liable for a deductible not to exceed $10,000.00 for each occurrence insured under the coverage. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 29 of 318

The insurance coverage required within this entire subsection shall not minimize, limit, nor eliminate the Contractor’s responsibility for any uninsured or uncovered claims, losses, or expenses occurring during or after completion of construction of this project. The foregoing requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by Contractor, and any approval of said insurance by the City, or their insurance consultant(s) are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liability and obligations otherwise assumed by Contractor pursuant to this agreement, including but not limited to the provisions concerning indemnification. The City reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor in the event of material noncompliance with the insurance requirements outlined above. 207.02 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor agrees that the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all loss, damage, injuries, claims, cause or causes of action, or any liability whatsoever resulting from, or arising out of, or in connection with the Contractor's obligations or actions under this Contract due to the Contractor’s errors, omissions or negligence. 207.03 THIRD PARTY LIABILITY It is specifically agreed between the parties executing this contract that this contract is not intended by any of the provisions to create in the public or any member thereof any third party beneficiary rights whatsoever, or to authorize anyone not a party to this contract to maintain a suit for personal injuries or property damage pursuant to the terms or provisions of this contract. 207.04 RISK INSURANCE Unless otherwise set forth in the Contract Documents, the City shall not maintain risk insurance on the project. SECTION 208

ROYALTIES, PATENT INFRINGEMENTS, SPECIAL LICENSES AND PERMITS

208.00 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and save the City harmless from loss on account thereof except that the City shall be responsible for any such loss when a particular process, design, or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified, unless the City has notified the Contractor prior to the signing of the contract that the particular process, design, or product is patented or is believed to be patented. 208.01 PERMITS, LICENSES AND REGULATIONS Permits and licenses necessary for the prosecution of the work shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for all water and wastewater tap fees and water and wastewater connection fees as set forth in the Code of the City of Colorado Springs, as amended. Projects that involve Building Permits and sprinkler systems will require water or wastewater connection fees or both. Licenses and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be secured and paid for by the City, unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations bearing on the conduct of the work as drawn and specified. If the Contractor observes that the Plans and Specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, fees and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. Copies of the fully executed permits shall be furnished to the Engineer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to be aware of the terms and conditions of all permits, and it is the Contractor's responsibility that the terms and conditions are satisfied, including but not limited to the requirements of subsections 203.05 and 206.12.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 30 of 318

SECTION 209

WORK PROVISIONS AND RULES

209.00 COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK (a) Preconstruction Conference. After issuance of Notice of Award, or as otherwise established by the City, a preconstruction conference shall be held for review of the construction schedule, Contractors written list of subcontractors and suppliers, written list of all required permits, project contracts, utility support plan, water control plan, Traffic Control Supervisor name and telephone number, gradations, test results, certifications, review procedures for handling shop drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment, and other pertinent items. (b) At the Preconstruction Conference, the Contractor shall furnish the engineer a written list of all permits required for the proper completion of the Contract. The list shall clearly identify the type of permit or permits that must be obtained before work on any particular phase or phases of work can be started. (c) The Contractor shall commence work within ten (10) calendar days after the date specified on the Notice to Proceed and complete the contract within the number of calendar days or by the date specified in the proposal form. Unless otherwise noted in the Contract, the number of days identified in the Proposal Form are calendar days. (d) The dates fixed for commencement and completion of the work may be extended by the Engineer. All requests for extension of time by the Contractor shall be made in writing to the Engineer and shall set forth the reasons for such requests. The Engineer shall fix the period of extension, if any. The Engineer's decision shall be binding upon the parties hereto. Requests for extension of time received twenty (20) or more days after the occurrence of the delay will not be honored. No requests for extension of time shall be honored if submitted after the completion date. (e) If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract shall require work or materials in greater amounts or quantities other than those set forth in the contract, then the contract time shall be adjusted at the time of the execution of the Change Order. No allowance will be made for delays or suspension of the prosecution of the work due to the fault of the Contractor. 209.01 FAILURE TO COMPLETE WORK ON TIME, LIQUIDATED DAMAGES If the Contractor fails to fully perform and complete the work in conformity to the provisions and conditions of the contract within the specified time limit set forth in the contract, including any extensions granted hereto, the Contractor shall pay to the City for each calendar day of delay until such time the contract is complete, liquidated damages at the applicable daily rate below. The amounts shown are considered to be liquidated damages to reimburse the City for the additional cost of construction engineering and contract administration services and in no case are considered a penalty. Original Contract Amount

Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day

Less than $50,000

$300.00

$50,000 to $100,000

$500.00

$100,000 to $500,000

$700.00

$500,000 to $1,000,000

$900.00

Over $1,000,000

$1500.00

209.02 WORK IN BAD WEATHER No construction work shall be done during stormy, freezing, or inclement weather, except such as can be done satisfactorily, and in a manner to secure first class construction throughout, and then only subject to permission of the Engineer. The granting of a time extension for inclement weather does not imply or guarantee that additional compensations for incidental and appurtenant work caused by such weather will be approved or authorized by the Engineer. The Contractor is instructed to include as part of the Contractor's total bid price the costs for such weather delays as can be reasonably anticipated. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to the reasonableness of delays for inclement weather.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 31 of 318

209.03 EXCUSABLE DELAYS The Contractor’s right to proceed will not be terminated nor the Contractor charged with damages for delay in completing the work that arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include: (a) Acts of God or of the public enemy, (b) Acts of the Government in either its sovereign or contractual capacity, (c) Acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Government, (d) Fires, (e) Floods, (f) Epidemics, (g) Quarantine restrictions, (h) Strikes, (i) Freight Embargos, (j) Unusually severe weather, or (k) Delays of subcontractors or suppliers at any tier arising from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of both the Contractor and the Subcontractors or Suppliers. 209.04 COMPENSATION FOR COMPENSABLE DELAYS If the Engineer determines that a delay is compensable in accordance with the Contract, monetary compensation will be determined in accordance with this subsection. (a) These categories represent the only costs that are recoverable by the Contractor. All other costs or categories of costs are not recoverable: 1. Actual wages and benefits, including FICA, paid for additional non-salaried labor; 2. Costs for additional bond, insurance and tax; 3. Increased costs for materials; 4. Equipment costs calculated in accordance with the current edition of the Rental Rate Blue Book of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment for Contractor owned equipment and based on invoice costs for rented equipment; 5. Costs of extended job site overhead; 6. Subcontractor’s claims (the same level of detail as specified herein is required for all subcontractors’ claims) 7. An additional 10 percent will be added to the total of items (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) as compensation for items for which no specific allowance is provided, including profit and home office overhead. (b) In adjustment for costs as allowed above, the City will have no liability for the following items of damages or expense: 1. Profit in excess of that provided in (a) above; 2. Loss of profit; 3. Additional cost of labor inefficiencies in excess of that provided in (a) above; 4. Home office overhead in excess of that provided in (a) above; 5. Consequential damages, including but not limited to loss of bonding capacity, loss of bidding opportunities, and insolvency; 6. Indirect costs or expenses of any nature in excess of that provided in (a) above; 7. Attorneys fees, claim preparation fees, and expert fees. All costs claimed must be documented and accompanied by a written certification from the Contractor. 209.05 EMERGENCY WORK In an emergency affecting the safety of life or of the work or of adjoining property, the Contractor is, without special instructions or authorization from the Engineer, hereby permitted to act at Contractor's discretion to prevent such threatening loss or injury. Contractor shall also act, without appeal, if so authorized or instructed by the Engineer. Any compensation claimed by the Contractor on account of emergency work shall be determined by agreement or in accordance with the Changes in Work Provision of this contract. 209.06 VALUE ENGINEERING CHANGE PROPOSALS BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor is encouraged to develop and offer proposals for improved construction techniques, alternative materials and other innovations. Proposals must provide a project comparable to the City’s original design either at lower cost, with improved quality, or both. Bid prices shall not be based on the anticipated approval of a Value Engineering Change Proposal (VECP). Proposals shall be submitted only B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 32 of 318

by the successful bidder after contract award. If a VECP is rejected, the work shall be completed in accordance with the Contract at contract bid prices. The Contractor shall have no claim against the City for compensable or noncompensable delay to the Contract based on the failure to respond to the proposal. The Contractor may submit either a full VECP or a preliminary Conceptual VECP, followed by a full proposal. The Engineer will provide timely review of all proposals and advise the Contractor whether the Proposal is complete or incomplete. When the proposal is complete, the Engineer will advise the Contractor of either the approval of the proposal or the reasons for rejection of the proposal. Cost savings generated to the Contract as a result of VECPs offered by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer shall be shared equally between the Contractor and the City. If the Engineer determines that the time for response indicated in the submittal under item (c)5 below is insufficient for review, the Contractor will be promptly notified. Based on the additional time needed by the Engineer for review and the effect on the Contractor’s schedule caused by the added time, the Engineer will evaluate the need for a non-compensable time adjustment to the Contract. (a) VECPs that will be considered are those that would produce savings to the City or provide improved project quality without impairing essential functions and characteristics of the facility. Essential functions include but are not limited to: service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, safety, and impacts to the traveling public or to the environment during and after construction. (b) Submittal of Conceptual Proposal. For VECPs that require a significant amount of design or other development resources, the Contractor may submit an abbreviated Conceptual Proposal for preliminary evaluation. The Engineer will evaluate the information provided and advise the Contractor if any conditions or parameters of the Conceptual Proposal are found to be grounds for rejection. Preliminary review of a conceptual proposal reduces the Contractor’s risk of subsequent rejection but does not commit the City to eventual approval of the full VECP. The following information shall be submitted for each Conceptual Proposal. 1. A statement that the proposal is submitted as a Conceptual VECP. 2. A general description of the difference between the existing Contract and the proposed change, and the advantages and disadvantages of each, including effects on cost, service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, safety, and impacts to the traveling public or to the environment during and after construction. 3. A set of conceptual plans and a description of proposed changes to the Contract specifications. 4. An estimate of the anticipated cost savings or increase. 5. A statement specifying: a. when a response to the conceptual proposal from the City is b. required to avoid delays to the existing contract prosecution, c. the amount of time necessary to develop the full Proposal, d. the date by which a Contract Modification Order must be executed e. to obtain maximum benefit from the Proposal, and f. the Proposal’s impact on time for completing the Contract. (c) Submittal of Full Value Engineering Change Proposal. The following materials and information shall be submitted with each proposal. 1. A statement that the proposal is submitted as a VECP. 2. A description of the difference between the existing Contract and the proposed change, and the advantages and disadvantages of each, including effects on service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, desired appearance, safety, and impacts to the traveling public or to the environment during and after construction. 3. A complete set of plans and specifications showing the proposed revisions relative to the original Contract. This portion of the submittal shall include design notes and construction details. The proposed plans and specifications shall be signed and sealed by the Contractor’s engineer. 4. A complete analysis indicating the final estimated costs and quantities to be replaced by the Proposal compared to the new costs and quantities generated by the Proposal. All costs and proposed unit prices shall be documented by the Contractor. 5. A statement specifying the date by which a Contract Modification Order must be executed to obtain the maximum cost reduction during the remainder of the Contract. 6. A statement detailing the effect the Proposal will have on the time for completing the Contract. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 33 of 318

7. A description of any previous use or testing of the proposed changes and the conditions and results. If the Proposal was previously submitted on another City project, the proposal shall indicate the date, Contract number, and the action taken by the City. 8. An estimate of any effects the VECP will have on other costs to the City. 9. A statement of life cycle costs, when appropriate. Life cycle costs will not be considered as part of cost savings but shall be calculated for additional support of the Proposal. A discount rate of four percent shall be used for life cycle calculations. 10. A statement specifying when a response from the Owner is required to avoid delays to the prosecution of the Contract. (d) Evaluation. VECPs will be evaluated in accordance with the following: 1. The Engineer will determine if a Proposal qualifies for consideration and evaluation. The Engineer may reject any Proposal that requires excessive time or costs for review, evaluation, or investigations. The Engineer may reject proposals that are not consistent with the City’s design policies and criteria for the project. 2. The Engineer will reject all or any portion of work performed under an approved VECP if unsatisfactory results are obtained. The Engineer will direct the removal of such rejected work and require construction to proceed under the original Contract requirements without reimbursement for work performed under the proposal, or for its removal. 3. VECPs, whether or not approved by the City, apply only to the ongoing Contracts referenced in the Proposal and become the property of the City. Proposals shall contain no restrictions imposed by the Contractor on their use or disclosure. The City has the right to use, duplicate and disclose in whole or in part any data necessary for the utilization of the Proposal. The City retains the right to utilize any accepted Proposal or part thereof on other projects without obligation to the Contractor. This provision is subject to rights provided by law with respect to patented materials or processes. 4. If the City is already considering certain revisions to the Contract or has approved certain changes in the Contract for general use that are subsequently proposed in a VECP, the Engineer will reject the Proposal and may proceed to implement these changes without obligation to the Contractor. 5. The Contractor shall have no claim against the City for additional costs or delays resulting from the rejection or untimely acceptance of a VECP. These costs include but are not limited to: development costs, loss of anticipated profits, increased material or labor costs, or untimely response. 6. Proposals will be rejected if equivalent options are already provided in the Contract. 7. Proposals that only reduce or eliminate contract pay items will be rejected. 8. The savings generated by the Proposal must be sufficient to warrant a review and processing, as determined by the Engineer. 9. A Proposal changing the type or thickness of the pavement structure or changing the design of a bridge will be rejected. 10. Additional information needed to evaluate Proposals shall be provided in a timely manner. Untimely submittal of additional information will result in rejection of the Proposal. Where design changes are proposed, the additional information shall include results of field investigations and surveys, design and computations, and changed plan sheets required to develop the design changes. (e) Payment. If the VECP is accepted, the changes and payment will be authorized by Contract Modification Order. Reimbursement will be made as follows: 1. The changes will be incorporated into the Contract by changes in quantities of unit bid items, new agreed unit price items, or both, as appropriate, under the Contract. 2. The cost of the revised work as determined from the changes will be paid to the Contractor. The City will pay the Contractor 50 percent of the savings to the City upon completion of the value analysis work. The savings to the City shall be the difference between the cost of the revised work and the cost of the related construction required by the original Contract computed at Contract bid prices. 3. Costs incurred by the Contractor for development, design, and implementation of the VECPs will not be reimbursed. 4. When work performed under an approved VECP is modified to fit field or other conditions, the maximum amount paid for the work will be limited to that which would have been paid if the work had been performed under the original contract provisions. The rejection or limitation of reimbursement shall not constitute the basis of any claim against the City for delay or for other costs except as allowed under the original Contract. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 34 of 318

209.07 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER The Engineer will decide all questions regarding the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and the rate of progress of the work; all interpretation of the plans and specifications; and the acceptable fulfillment of the Contract. The Engineer will perform technical inspection of the work and shall have authority to reject all work and materials which do not conform to the Contract. The Engineer has authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the Contract or for the convenience of the City. The Project Engineer/Manager may order the Contractor, by giving fifteen (15) days written notice, to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any portion of the work required by the Contract for a period of up to 10 ten calendar days at no additional cost to the City. The Engineer may immediately stop the work when it is determined that the public’s safety and welfare is in jeopardy. The Engineer shall, within a reasonable time after their presentation to the Engineer, make decisions in writing on all claims submitted to the City by the Contractor and on all other matters relating to the execution and progress of the work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Engineer's decisions shall be final. 209.08 DUTIES OF THE INSPECTOR Inspectors employed by the City are authorized to inspect all work done and materials furnished. This inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication or manufacture of the materials to be used. The inspector is not authorized to alter or waive the provisions of the Contract. The inspector is not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the provisions of the Contract or to act as foreman for the Contractor. 209.09 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND INSPECTION The Engineer shall at all times have access to the work and the Contractor shall provide proper equipment, materials and labor as required for such access and inspection. All equipment, material, and articles incorporated into the work covered by this contract shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract. The Engineer shall have the right to reject materials and workmanship, which are defective, or require their correction. Rejected workmanship shall be satisfactorily corrected and rejected materials shall be removed from the premises without charge to the City. If the Contractor does not correct such condemned work and remove rejected materials within a reasonable time fixed by written notice, the City may remove them and charge the expense to the Contractor. Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the Engineer at any time before final acceptance of the entire work to make an examination of work already completed, by removing or tearing out same, the Contractor shall on request promptly furnish necessary facilities, labor and materials. If such work is found to be defective in any material respect due to fault of the Contractor or his subcontractors, he shall defray all the expenses of such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the contract, the actual cost of labor and material necessarily involved in the examination and replacement, plus fifteen (15) percent, will be allowed the Contractor. All materials to be incorporated in the work, all labor performed, all tools, appliances, and methods used shall be subject to the inspection and approval or rejection of the Engineer. If the Engineer shall point out to the Contractor, Contractor's foreman, or agent any neglect or disregard of the contract provisions, such neglect or disregard shall be remedied and further defective work be at once discontinued. The Contractor shall execute the work only in the presence of the Engineer or authorized representative, unless provision has been made for the work to proceed without complete engineering supervision or inspection. The presence of the Engineer or authorized representative shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of this contract, or be any warrant for the furnishing of bad material or poor workmanship. The observation of the work by the Engineer is intended to aid the Contractor in applying labor, materials, and workmanship in compliance with the contract provisions. Such observation, however, shall not relieve the Contractor from any of Contractor's contract obligations. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 35 of 318

209.10 CONTRACTOR COOPERATION All work under this contract shall be performed in a skillful and professional manner. The Project Engineer/ Manager shall have the authority to notify the Contractor in writing, that the Contractor remove from the work site any employee the Project Engineer/Manager deems incompetent, careless, or otherwise objectionable to the general public or the City of Colorado Springs. (a) Discrepancies: If the Contractor, as the work progresses, finds any discrepancies between the Plans and physical conditions or any errors in the Plans or layout as given by the stakes or instructions, it shall be the Contractor's duty to inform the Engineer in writing and the Engineer shall address such discrepancy in a reasonable period of time. Any work done after such discovery until authorized will be done at the Contractor’s risk. (b) Workmen, Methods and Equipment: Permission from the Engineer to use any particular methods, equipment or appliances shall not be so construed as to relieve the Contractor from furnishing other equipment or appliances or adopting other methods when those in use prove unsatisfactory to the Engineer, or as to bind the Engineer to accept work which does not comply with the contract. 209.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK Until the work is accepted by the Engineer as evidenced by the issuance of the Certificate of Completion, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the non-execution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, trees, fences, monuments, and other property, along and adjacent to the improvements and shall use suitable precautions necessary to prevent damage to pipes, conduits, and other underground structures. When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct in the execution of the work, or inconsequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, such property will be restored by the Contractor and at Contractor's expense to a condition similar, or equal to that existing before such damage or injury to the satisfaction of the City's Project Manager. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, when moving or operating equipment, to make all arrangements for temporary crossings of telephone, transmission, pipe lines, railroad tracks, and irrigation ditches. This work shall not be paid for as a separate item but shall be considered as incidental to the project. 209.12 PROTECTION OF UTILITIES The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that utilities may encroach on the construction of this project, and also to the importance of protecting all public/private utilities encountered on this project. These may include telecommunications, cablevision, traffic signal lines, power lines, water lines, sewer lines, gas lines, railroad tracks, and other overhead and underground utilities. The size and location of all existing utilities as known to the Engineer have been noted on the plans for the information and guidance of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the location and protection of all utilities located within his working area regardless of whether or not their existence or location is shown or noted on the drawings. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to complete required work and to schedule inspections during normal working hours. The Contractor is responsible for contacting each affected utility for their inspectors’ working hours. The Contractor is responsible to request an inspection two (2) working days in advance of the inspection. In the case of an overtime inspection, the request must be in writing. All overtime costs for inspection by City Utilities shall be the Contractor’s expense. The City will not entertain any requests for time extensions for delays caused by the Contractor’s failure to properly notify the affected utility of a required inspection or the Contractor’s failure to complete the required work by the time of the scheduled inspection. Any information concerning underground utilities shown on the drawings is intended to be merely an aid to the Contractor. The accuracy of information with respect to underground utilities is not guaranteed. The Contractor shall make their own investigation, including exploratory excavations, to determine the locations and type of existing mains or service laterals or appurtenances when their presence can be

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 36 of 318

inferred from the presence of other visible facilities, such as building, manholes, inlets, meters and junction boxes, on or adjacent to the site of the work. If the Contractor discovers utility facilities not identified in the plans or specifications or in a position different from that shown in the plans and specifications, the Contractor shall immediately notify, verbally and in writing, the Engineer and Owner of the utility facility. Before any excavation is begun in the vicinity of water lines, railroad tracks, or structures, sewer lines, telecommunication conduits or cablevision line, each utility company, department, or company concerned must be notified in advance of such excavation, and such excavation shall not be made until an authorized representative of the utility concerned is at the site. All utilities encountered must be kept in operation by the Contractor and must be protected and/or repaired at the Contractor's own expense, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. The Contractor shall be held liable for all damages to any and all public utilities encountered on the project, which damages are due to the Contractor's operations. Such damages shall include all physical damages to utilities and also all damages due to interruption of service of such utilities, when such damages and interruptions are caused by the Contractor's operations. Where alterations or moving of utilities is not required to permit construction of the project, the Contractor shall take such measures as the Engineer may direct to properly protect these utilities throughout his construction operations and shall cooperate at all times with the proper authorities and/or owners in maintaining service of railroads, conduits, pole lines, transmission lines, pipe lines, sewers, etc., affected by this project. The costs of damages due to the Contractor's operation or the cost of protecting utilities where alteration or relocation is not required to permit construction of the project shall be included in the original contract price for the project. Should any pipe line, water lines, or gas mains, electrical conduits, sewer pipes, overhead wiring, telecommunication lines, power lines, or any other such utilities, not specifically mentioned and provided for elsewhere as a part of this contract, have to be moved, repaired, reconditioned, or revised due to the construction, or moved temporarily to permit construction of the project the party or parties owning and operating such utilities shall perform the actual work of moving, repairing, reconditioning, or revising such utilities. The cost of this work shall be borne by the utility companies involved, unless other agreements are reached with the City. (a) Existing Utilities 1. Existing Gas Lines: As of April 1, 1983, Federal law requires anyone who uncovers a gas line to report it to the gas company and allow it to be inspected by the gas company personnel before it is backfilled. The Gas Department is to be notified prior to any excavation around gas lines. A Gas Department inspector is to be notified and present on site prior to construction activities around gas lines. 2. Existing Sewer Mains and Services: All relocation, replacement protection shown on the plans or determined necessary by the inspector shall be performed according to the latest Wastewater Department Standard Specifications. Minimum 48 hours notice must be given to the Wastewater Department prior to any related work. 3. The Contractor shall adjust sanitary sewer manhole rims to an elevation acceptable to the City Wastewater Department. The Contractor shall contact the City Wastewater Department twenty-four (24) hours prior to manhole rim adjustments. 4. Existing Water Mains and Services: All relocation, replacement or protection shown on the plans or determined necessary by the inspector shall be performed according to the latest Water Department Standard Specifications and the Water Service Standard Specifications. Minimum 48-hour notice must be given to the Water Department prior to any related work. The Water Department reserves the right to schedule any operations at their discretion and to provide for any requirements determined necessary to perform the work. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Water Department and receive their approval prior to performance of the work. (b) Utility Support Systems: 1. If required by the contract documents, or requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for the method of temporary support for all existing utilities during construction. The temporary support details for existing utilities shall be submitted for review B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 37 of 318

and approval prior to performance of the work. Shop drawings must bear the seal of a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado, unless so waived by the City. 2. Regardless of City approved shop drawings, the Contractor shall be responsible for the satisfactory support of the utility system and any damages that may occur to the utility involved.

(c) Electric Utility Installation: 1. Any electric facilities unless otherwise noted are to be relocated or modified by the City of Colorado Springs Electric Department. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the Electric Department and the Electric Department's Contractor. 2. Light Pole Installation or Relocation: a. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with CSU Electric, removing existing light pole foundations, constructing new light pole foundations, installing new conduits, and installing lighting junction boxes. The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with CSU Electric for the de-energizing and removal of existing light poles. b. Colorado Springs Utilities (CSU) Electric Division will remove the existing light standards, reset the light standards upon completion of the new foundations, conduit and junction boxes, pulling wire, and beginning operations of the lighting within the project limits. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling and coordination with CSU crews for reinstallation and re-energizing completed light poles. (d) Gas Utilities: The Contractor is responsible for coordinating with CSU Gas for the relocation of existing Gas lines. Colorado Springs Utilities Gas Division will relocate the existing gas lines as necessary to install project improvements within the project limits. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling and coordination with CSU crews. (e) Telecommunication Agencies: Any telephone facilities unless otherwise noted are to be relocated or modified by the respective private utility company. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the respective private utility company. (f) Cablevision: The television utilities are to be relocated by Cablevision. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with Cablevision. 209.13 LABOR The Contractor shall employ only competent and skilled workmen and foremen in the conduct of work on this contract. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among Contractor's employees. The Engineer shall have the authority to order the removal from the work of any Contractor's employee who refuses or neglects to observe any of the provisions of these Plans or Specifications, or who is incompetent, abusive, threatening, or disorderly in conduct, and any such person shall not again be employed on the project. Colorado labor shall be employed to perform the work to the extent of not less than eighty percent (80%) of each type or class of labor in the several classifications of skilled and common labor employed on this project, as required and defined in Section 8-17-107 C.R.S. 1973. Eight (8) hours shall constitute a day's labor and Monday through Friday shall constitute a workweek. In no event shall the City be responsible for overtime pay. 209.14 EMPLOYMENT OF LABOR The Contractor shall comply with, and protect and hold the City harmless from any violation of all laws and lawful rules and regulations, both of the State of Colorado and of the United States, relating to Workmen's Compensation, unemployment compensation, Social Security, payment for overtime, and all other expenses and conditions of employment under this contract. 209.15 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (a) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, sex, color or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, sex, color or national origin. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training; including apprenticeship. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 38 of 318

(b) The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (c) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, sex, color or national origin. 209.16 FEDERAL FUNDS If this contract is a Federally assisted construction contract all applicable federal requirements, terms and conditions, provisions and forms will be included in the bidding documents. Additionally, the Contractor agrees as follows: 1. The Contractor shall complete and submit with its bid all federal forms and certifications included in the bidding documents. 2. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding a notice advising the labor union or workers representative of the Contractor's commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 3. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 4. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by the rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the Secretary of Labor, State of Colorado Civil Rights Commission and any other governmental agency entity which may be assisting with the funding under this contract for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. 5. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any such rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts or Federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with the procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or otherwise provided by law. 6. The Contractor shall include the provisions of Paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the city, state, or any federal governmental entity may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the city, state, or any federal governmental entity, the Contractor may request the city, the state, or the United States to enter into such litigations to protect the interests of such governmental entity. 209.17 SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give the work the constant attention necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer and with other Contractors or utility company employees in every way possible. The Contractor shall have at all times, on the work, as Contractor's agent, a competent superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the Plans and Specifications, and who shall have the necessary authority to receive and promptly execute the instructions and orders from the Engineer or the Engineer's authorized representative. Such superintendent shall be furnished irrespective of the amount of work sublet. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a list of phone numbers at which the Contractor, his superintendent and foreman can be reached at any time. The assigned Superintendent must adhere to the cooperation requirements specified in Section 108.08 and is subject to removal if so ordered in writing by the Engineer/Project Manager. 209.18 PREPARATION All vegetation, stumps, and debris and other objectionable objects shall be removed from the area staked out by the Engineer, and where necessary from the area immediately adjacent thereto. Such debris shall be hauled from the site of the construction and wasted as directed by the Engineer. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 39 of 318

209.19 STAKING WORK The Engineer shall provide reference points (horizontal and vertical control) only, unless otherwise noted in the bid proposal and project specifications. The Contractor shall engage the services of a licensed surveyor or surveying firm (hereinafter referred to as the Surveyor) to be approved by the Engineer. The Surveyor shall perform all detailed construction layout and staking including the staking of all storm sewer, street improvements, and utility relocations in accordance with the plans and specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correctness and accuracy of the detailed layout of finished structures. Any instrument man or survey assistant employed on the work by the Contractor or his Subcontractors who is judged by the Engineer to be incompetent shall be removed from the work and replaced by a competent individual. 209.20 DEVIATION ALLOWED Finished surfaces in all cases shall conform to lines, grades, cross sections and dimensions shown on the approved drawings or described in the Specifications. Deviations from the approved drawings and working drawings as may be required by the expediencies of construction will, in all cases, be determined by the Engineer and authorized in writing. If the Engineer deems it inexpedient to correct work injured or done in an unauthorized manner, an equitable deduction from the contract price of the work done shall be made by the Engineer subject to approval of the City Engineer. 209.21 RIGHT-OF-WAY The City's right-of-way will in general be adequate for construction purposes. Nothing marked on the drawings shall be interpreted as giving the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the territory provided by the City. The City and its employees for any purpose, and other contractors of the City, for any purpose required by their respective contracts, may enter upon or occupy portion of the land furnished by the City. When the territory of one contract is a necessary or convenient means of access for the execution of another contract, such privileges of access or any other reasonable privilege shall be granted by the Contractor to the extent, amount, in the manner and at times necessary. No such joint occupancy or use of the territory shall be made as the basis of any claim for delay or damages. 209.22 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all shop drawings, submittals and schedules required for the work, including those pertaining to structural and reinforcing steel within fifteen calendar days from the date of the Notice of Award. The Contractor shall make any corrections in the drawings required by the Engineer, and resubmit the same without delay. Three final copies of all shop drawings, submittals and schedules shall be submitted to the Engineer, who after checking will retain two copies and return one copy to the Contractor. The Engineer's approval of shop drawings of equipment and material shall extend only to determining the conformity of such equipment and materials with the general features of the design drawings prepared by the Engineer. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the correctness of all dimensions and minor details of such equipment and materials so that when incorporated in the work, correct operations will result. 209.23 RECORD DRAWINGS The Contractor shall maintain an up-to-date set of contract documents, legibly marked, depicting all constructed improvements at the site or as otherwise specified and shall submit a complete set labeled "Project Record" to the Engineer upon completion of the project. (a) Drawings: 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish floor datum. 2. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements and project survey control. 3. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to permanent surface improvements and project survey control. 4. Field changes of dimensions and detail. 5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 6. Details not on original Contract Drawings. (b) Specifications and Addenda: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 40 of 318

2. Changes made by Change Order. 209.24 MATERIALS Unless otherwise stipulated in the Specifications, all workmanship, equipment, materials, and articles incorporated in the work covered by this contract are to be new and of the best grade of their respective kinds for the purpose. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer for the Engineer's approval, the name of the manufacturer of machinery, mechanical and other equipment, which he contemplates installing, together with their performance capacities and other pertinent information including but not limited to instruction manuals pertaining to the use and operation of such machinery, mechanical and other equipment. When required by the Specifications, or when called for by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish for approval full information concerning the materials or articles which he contemplates incorporating in the work. Samples of materials shall be submitted for approval when so directed. Machinery, equipment, materials, and articles installed or used without such approval shall be at the risk of subsequent rejection. 209.25 MATERIAL INSPECTION AT PLANT If the Engineer inspects the materials at the source, the following conditions shall be met: (a) The Engineer shall have the cooperation and assistance of the Contractor and the materials producer. (b) The Engineer shall have full entry to all parts of the plant necessary for the manufacture or production of the materials being furnished. (c) Adequate safety measures shall be provided and maintained. The City reserves the right to retest all materials which have been previously tested or inspected. The retesting may be prior to or after incorporation of the materials into the work. Those materials inspected and tested after delivery on the project or after incorporation into the work that do not meet the requirements of the Contract will be rejected. 209.26 HANDLING MATERIALS All materials shall be handled so their quality and fitness for the work is preserved. Aggregates shall be transported to the work in vehicles constructed to prevent loss or segregation of materials. 209.27 CITY FURNISHED MATERIALS Material furnished by the Department will be made available to the Contractor at the points specified in the Contract. The cost of handling and placing materials after they are made available to the Contractor shall be included in the contract price for the item. The Contractor will be held responsible for all material received until it is incorporated into the work and accepted. Demurrage charges resulting from the Contractor’s failure to accept the material at the designated time and point of delivery will be deducted from monies due the Contractor. 209.28 BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS All manufacturing processes, including the application of a coating, for all steel and iron products permanently incorporated in the work shall have occurred in the United States of America. All manufacturing processes are defined as “processes required to change the raw ore or scrap metal into the finished, in-place steel or iron product”. This requirement will not prevent a minimal use of foreign steel or iron provided the total project delivered cost of all such steel and iron which includes the cost of delivering the steel and iron to the project, does not exceed one-tenth of one percent of the total contract cost or $2,500, whichever is greater. With every steel or iron product that requires pre-inspection, pretesting, certified test results, or certificate of compliance, the Contractor shall provide a certification by each supplier, distributor, fabricator, and manufacturer that has handled the steel or iron product that every process, including the application of a coating, performed on the steel or iron product either has or has not been carried out in the United States of America. These certifications shall create a chain of custody trail that includes every supplier, distributor, fabricator, and manufacturer that handles the steel or iron product. The lack of these certifications will be justification for rejection of the steel or iron product. Upon completion of the project, B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 41 of 318

the Contractor shall certify in writing of compliance with this requirement and provide evidence of the project delivered cost of all foreign steel or iron permanently incorporated into the project. 209.29 TESTING OF MATERIALS Tests and Inspections. The City will employ and pay for the services of an approved testing laboratory to perform specified services for the field testing of: (a) Soil Compaction Control (b) Cast-in-Place Concrete (c) Asphalt Concrete Pavement The Contractor shall perform, or arrange for the performance, and pay all costs in connection therewith, all other tests and inspections required by the contract documents. The Contractor shall pay for all testing laboratory services in connection with tests verifying conformance of proposed materials and installation with project requirements including, but not limited to, mix designs, riprap, gradation tests for embedment, fill and backfill materials. The City shall pay for testing laboratory services in connection with tests on materials after incorporation into the project, unless retesting of materials is necessary because of the failure of the materials to meet the project requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the City's written acceptance of the testing laboratory before having services performed. (a) Requirements for Independent Testing Consultants. 1. Comply with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications", latest edition, published by the personnel, facilities, equipment and other qualification data, including; Report of inspection of facilities made by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and basic requirements of ASTM E-329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel, and Bituminous Materials as Used in Construction", latest edition. 2. Submit to the City for prior approval, the name and address of the proposed testing laboratory with description of personnel, facilities, equipment and other qualification data. Certificate of calibration of applicable testing equipment made by an accredited calibrated agency within 12 months prior to submittal date. (b) Test Reports 1. Testing agency shall be instructed to submit directly to the City three (3) copies of all reports of tests or inspections made, showing compliance, irregularities or deficiencies, identifying project, date of test, location in project, applicable specification section, applicable standard(s) for compliance, observations relating to compliance, name and signature of inspector. (c) Contractor Responsibilities 1. Furnish access to the work, materials, equipment and labor required to accommodate inspections and test when testing laboratory is retained by the City. In the event retesting of materials, or recompaction is necessary because of the failure of the materials or compaction to meet the project requirements, the cost of said retesting shall be borne by the Contractor. Cost of said retest will be deducted from the final payment amount due the Contractor, or invoiced directly to the Contractor at the City's discretion. 209.30 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, give a written notice to the Project Engineer/Manager of (1) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site which differ materially from those indicated in this contract, or (2) unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in work of the character provided for in this contract. The Project Engineer/Manager shall promptly investigate the site conditions after receiving the notice. If the Engineer/Project Manager determines that conditions do materially differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for, performing any part of the work under this contract, whether or not changed as a result of the conditions encountered, an equitable adjustment shall be made under this clause and the contract modified accordingly. No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the contract shall be allowed, unless the Contractor has given the proper written notice and the Project Engineer/Manager determine the condition is in fact a Differing Site Condition; furthermore, the City of Colorado Springs shall not be liable for an equitable adjustment under this clause if the Contractor disturbed or repaired the condition without prior inspection by the Project Engineer/Manager, or if the contract is completed. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 42 of 318

209.31 CHANGED CONDITIONS When additional information regarding foundation or other conditions becomes available as a result of the excavation work, further testing, or otherwise, it may be found desirable and the City shall have the right to change the location, alignment, dimensions, or design of the work to meet such conditions. During the progress of the work, the City may find it advisable, and it shall have the right to omit portions of the work and to increase or decrease any items as may be deemed necessary or desirable without changing the unit prices in the proposal, provided such increase or decrease does not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the total monetary value of the original contract. If the material or labor involved in such a change is not included in the unit prices of the contract, but forms an inseparable part of the work to be done under this contract, and the delay involved in asking for the advertising for bids and the letting of a new contract therefore might result in damage, injury, or impairment of the plant, work system or other property belonging to the City, the City may, in its discretion, declare an emergency and require the Contractor to proceed with such alterations and additions. The Contractor will not, however, be required to perform such extra work and furnish such extra materials without a written Change Order from the Engineer. The parties hereto shall agree upon any sum to be paid for said work in advance of performing it. The Contractor shall make no claims for extra work unless the work was performed as authorized by a properly executed Change Order. Additional compensation or credit for work covered by a Change Order must be determined by one or a combination of the following methods: (a) Unit bid prices previously approved. (b) An agreed lump sum. (c) The actual cost of: 1. Labor (including foremen and extra supervision if required). 2. Materials entering permanently into the work. 3. Rental cost of construction plant and equipment used for the work. 4. Power and fuel required for the operation of power equipment used for change order work. 5. The Contractor shall furnish a breakdown of cost including but not limited to bills, payrolls, invoices and vouchers covering the cost of the work. To this cost there shall be added a fixed fee to be agreed upon, but not to exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of work. The fee shall be compensation to cover the cost of management, insurance, benefits, bond, profit and any other general expenses. (d) The cost of Subcontractor's work shall be determined according to methods 2 and 3, above, to which the Contractor may add a maximum of fifteen percent (15%), which amount shall be compensation for the cost of the Contractor's management, insurance, benefits, bond, profit, and any other general expenses. 209.32 CHANGES IN THE WORK The City may make written changes in the Plans and Specifications or scheduling of the contract within the general scope of this contract at any time by a written order. If such changes add to or deduct from the Contractor's cost of the work, the contract prices shall be adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be executed under the conditions of the original contract except that any claim for an extension of time caused thereby shall be allowed and adjusted at the time of ordering such change or at such time as it can be ascertained. In giving instructions, the Project Engineer shall have authority to make minor changes in the work not involving additional cost, and not inconsistent with the purpose and scope of the work. No claim for additional work or change shall be made unless so ordered by a properly executed Change Order, and no claim for an addition to the contract sum shall be valid unless the additional work or change was so ordered by a properly executed change order. The Contractor shall proceed with the work as changed and the value of any additional work or change shall be determined as provided for in the Contract. It shall be expressly understood and agreed to by the Contractor that no claim for additional work or money will be recognized by the City unless same has been so ordered by a properly executed Change Order. 209.33 PROTESTS If the Contractor considers any work demanded of him to be outside the requirements of the contract, or considers any decision, record or ruling of the Project Engineer, the inspectors, or Project Manager to be unfair, he shall upon such work being demanded or such decision, record or ruling being made, proceed

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 43 of 318

without delay to perform the work or to conform to the decision, record or ruling, and, within five (5) days of receiving said decision, record or ruling request that such decision, record or ruling be provided in writing, if not already provided. The Contractor shall then within ten (10) days after receipt of the written instructions or decisions, file a written formal protest with the Project Engineer, stating clearly and in detail the basis of his objection. Except for such protests or objections as are made of record in the manner herein specified and within the limit stated, the written records, rulings, instructions, or decisions of the Project Engineer shall be final and conclusive. Instructions and decisions of the Project Engineer contained in letters transmitting drawings to the Contractor shall be considered as written instructions or decisions subject to protest or objections as herein provided. In the event of a formal protest, the formal protest shall be presented to the City Engineer and the City Contracting Manager; their decision shall be considered final and conclusive for the City of Colorado Springs. Nothing in this section precludes a Contractor from pursuing any other remedies afforded by the laws of the State of Colorado once the remedies afforded under this contract have been complied with and exhausted. Subcontractors shall follow the above instructions with the exception that the protest is filed with the General Contractor and a copy of the protest immediately copied to the City Project Manager/Engineer. 209.34 REMOVAL AND SUSPENSION FOR DEFECTIVE WORK All work or material which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner. Additional compensation will not be allowed for such removal and replacement. Any work done beyond the lines and grades shown on the drawings, except as herein provided, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be measured or paid for. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Should the Contractor fail to comply promptly with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer shall have the authority to cause said work to be removed and to deduct the cost from any money due, or to become due, from the Contractor. At any time during the course of construction of this project if the provisions of the Plans, Specifications, or contract provisions are being violated by the Contractor or his employees, the Engineer shall have the right and authority to order all construction to cease or material to be removed, until arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer are made by the Contractor for resumption of the work in compliance with the provisions of the contract. 209.35 CLEANING UP AND FINAL INSPECTION The Contractor shall at the completion of the work, remove all rubbish from and about the work and all tools, equipment, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work clean and ready for use. In case of dispute, the City may remove the rubbish and surplus materials and charge the cost to the Contractor. All sewers, conduits, pipes, and appurtenances and all tanks, pump wells, chambers, buildings, and other structures shall be kept clean during construction and as the work or any part thereof approaches completion, the Contractor shall systematically and thoroughly clean and make any needed repairs to them. Contractor shall furnish at Contractor's own expense, suitable tools and labor for removing all water and cleaning out all dirt, mortar, and foreign substances. Any undue leakage of water into the structures such as to make the work, in the opinion of the Engineer, fall short of first class work, shall be promptly corrected by the Contractor at Contractor's own expense. Cleaning and repairs shall be arranged, so far as practicable, to be completed upon finishing the construction work. Notice to begin the final cleaning, and repairing, if such is needed, will be given by the Engineer, who at the same time will make his final inspection of the work. The Engineer will not approve the final estimate of any portion of the work until after the final inspection is made and the work found satisfactory. 209.36 CUTTING AND PATCHING The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, or patching of work that may be required to make its several parts fit together or to receive the work of other contractors shown upon, or reasonably implied by the Plans and Specifications for the completed project. Cold or wet weather conditions that do not permit a permanent asphalt pavement replacement will require a minimum 2” bituminous pavement patch prior to opening the area to traffic as a temporary measure until the permanent asphalt pavement replacement can be installed. This item shall be incidental to any work requiring such removal or asphalt and will be considered to be included in the unit price of the related item of work. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 44 of 318

Any cost caused by defective or ill timed work shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not endanger any work by cutting, digging, or otherwise and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor without the consent of the Engineer. 209.37 FINAL TESTS After completion of the work, the Contractor shall make any and all tests required by the Specifications or by Municipal, State or Federal regulations, and where so provided in said regulations shall furnish the City with certificates of inspection by the Municipal, State or Federal regulation bodies. The Contractor shall also make all tests required by the National Board of Fire Underwriters for the purpose of determining insurance rates or other protection of the City or the public. 209.38 CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor any provision in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for negligence or faulty materials or workmanship within the extent and periods provided by law and by this contract. 209.39 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC EMPLOYEES The Engineer or authorized representatives are acting solely as agents and representatives of the City when carrying out and exercising the power or authority granted to them under the Contract. There shall not be any liability on them either personally or as employees of the City. 209.40 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS Upon written notice that the Contractor considers all work complete, the Engineer shall make a pre-final inspection with the Contractor and shall notify the Contractor in writing of incomplete or defective work revealed by the inspection. The Contractor shall promptly remedy such deficiencies. After the Contractor has remedied all deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Engineer and delivered all construction records including record drawings, maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection and other documents (all as required by the Contract Documents), the Contractor shall be promptly issued a Certificate of Completion by the Engineer stating that the work is acceptable. Upon completion of the contract, the City will make final inspection and notify the Contractor of acceptance. Final acceptance shall not preclude the City from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before or after completion of the Contract, nor from recovering from the contractor or surety, or both, overpayments sustained because the Contractor failed to fulfill the obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of the City of Colorado Springs any breach of any part of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other breach. The contractor without prejudice to the terms of the Contract shall be liable to the City, for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes, as may amount to fraud, or as regards the City’s rights under any warranty or guarantee. For all non-federally funded projects, the following additional requirements shall apply: (a) All work shall be constructed in compliance with standard construction codes, and all materials and workmanship must be guaranteed for a period of two years from the date of final acceptance. The Contractor guarantee period (two-year warranty period) will not begin until the contract is 100 percent complete, as determined by the Engineer. Acceptance of the 100 percent complete contract shall be requested in writing by the Contractor. Any item requiring repair and/or replacement prior to expiration of the two-year warranty period shall be guaranteed for a period of one-year after the date of said correction or repair or for the remainder of the two-year warranty period, whichever is longer. (b) In placing orders for equipment, the Contractor shall purchase same only under a written guarantee from the respective manufacturers that the equipment supplied will function satisfactorily as an integral part of the completed project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Furthermore, the Contractor shall require that the manufacturer agree in writing at the time order of equipment is placed that manufacturer will be responsible for the proper functioning of the equipment in cooperation with the Contractor, and that whenever necessary during the installation period or tuning up period following construction period, the manufacturer will supply without additional cost to the City, such superintendence and mechanical labor and B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 45 of 318

any adjustments and additional parts and labor needed to make the equipment function satisfactorily, even if the same was not shown on approved shop drawings. 209.41 ACCEPTANCE (a) Partial Acceptance. If, during the prosecution of the project, the Contractor satisfactorily completes a unit or portion of the project, such as a structure, an interchange, or a section of road or pavement that can be used advantageously for traffic, the Engineer may make final inspection of that unit. If the Engineer finds that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the Contract, the Contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit except as otherwise provided in these general provisions. Partial acceptance shall not void or alter any of the terms of the Contract. (b) Final Acceptance. Upon notice from the Contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the Engineer will make an inspection. If the work provided for by the Contract has been satisfactorily completed, that inspection shall constitute the final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of final acceptance indicating the date on which the project was inspected and accepted. If the inspection discloses any unsatisfactory work, the Engineer will give the Contractor a written list of the work needing correction. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made. If the work has been satisfactorily completed, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of the date of final inspection and acceptance. Final acceptance under this subsection does not waive any legal rights contained in subsection 209.40. SECTION 210

PAYMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE OF WORK

210.00 PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE Payments will be made, and required retainage withheld if applicable, in accordance with this section as the work progresses at the end of each month or as soon thereafter as practicable in compliance with Title 24, Article 91, Section 103 and Section 110, Colorado Revised Statutes, on statements made and approved by the Engineer. In preparing statements, only completed work will be taken into consideration. No payment will be made for materials in storage and/or delivered to the site, unless otherwise approved by the City. Payment for work performed by the contractor under these contract documents will be made at the approved unit price or lump sum price for each of the several items as listed in the bid and measured as hereinafter specified. Such payment shall compensate the Contractor for all costs in connection with furnishing all labor, equipment and material required and performing the operations necessary to complete the item in accordance with the contract documents. All incidental work essential to the completion of the project in a workmanlike manner, and including cleanup and disposal of waste or surplus material, shall be accomplished by the contractor without additional cost to the City. The cleanup and disposal of waste or surplus material shall be performed during construction or as soon after as is reasonably possible in order to better maintain the aesthetics and safety of the construction area. The quantities listed in the bid are estimated quantities, and are listed only for convenience in comparing bids. Payment will be made for the actual quantities constructed or installed, unless otherwise noted in these Contract Documents. However, any changes to plan quantity must be approved through proper change order procedures, said quantities being measured as specified in the Contract Documents. (1) If the contract exceeds ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($150,000.00), and is for the construction, alteration, or repair of any highway, public work, or public improvement, structure, and; the contractor has provided Performance, and Payment Bonds: the City of Colorado Springs shall authorize partial progress payments of the amount due under this contract monthly, or as soon thereafter as practicable, to the contractor, if the contractor is satisfactorily performing the contract. If the City of Colorado Springs finds that satisfactory progress is being achieved during any period for which progress is to be made, the City of Colorado Springs may authorize payment to be made in full without withholding retainage. However, if satisfactory progress has not been made, the City of Colorado Springs may retain a maximum of ten percent (10%) of the amount of the requested payment until satisfactory progress is achieved. When the work is substantially complete, the City of Colorado Springs may retain from the remaining unpaid balance that amount the City Contracting Manager, at the advice of the City’s project manager, considers adequate for protection of the City, suppliers and subcontractors, and shall release to the Contractor all the remaining funds associated with completed and acceptable work. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 46 of 318

The withheld percentage of the contract price of any such work, improvement, or construction shall be retained on an invoice-to-invoice basis and shall not be cumulative. In other words, if the contractor is not performing satisfactorily the City of Colorado Springs will hold ten percent (10%) of what is actually due to the contractor. for example, if the contractor is behind schedule and has successfully completed fifty percent (50%) of the work, the City of Colorado Springs will only pay forty percent (40%) of the invoice, withholding ten percent (10%) of what is due until the contractor gets back on schedule. Once the City of Colorado Springs determines that satisfactory progress is being made in all phases of the contract, then no retainage will be held on successfully completed work. (2) Whenever a contractor receives payment pursuant to this section, the contractor shall make payments to each of the subcontractors of any amount actually received which were included in the contractor’s request for payment to the City for such subcontracts. The contractor shall make such payments within seven (7) calendar days of receipt of payments from the City in the same manner as the City is required to pay the contractor under this section if the subcontractor is satisfactorily performing under the contract with the contractor. The subcontractor shall pay all suppliers, sub-subcontractors, laborers, and any other persons who provide goods, materials, labor, or equipment to the subcontractor any amounts actually received which were included in the subcontractor’s request for payment to the contractor for such persons, in the same manner set forth in this subsection (2) regarding payments by the contractor to the subcontractor. If the subcontractor fails to make such payments in the required manner, the subcontractor shall pay those suppliers, sub-subcontractors, and laborers interest in the same manner set forth in this subsection (2) regarding payments by the contractor to the subcontractor. At the time a subcontractor submits a request for payment to the contractor, the subcontractor shall also submit to the contractor a list of the subcontractor’s suppliers, sub-subcontractors and laborers. The contractor shall be relieved of the requirements of this subsection (2) regarding payment in seven (7) days and interest payment until the subcontractor submits such list. If the contractor fails to make timely payments to the subcontractor as required by this section, the contractor shall pay the subcontractor interest as specified by contract or at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum, whichever is higher, on the amount of the payment which was not made in a timely manner. The interest shall accrue for the period from the required payment date to the date on which payment is made. Nothing in this subsection (2) shall be construed to affect the retention provisions of any contract. (3) CONTRACTS UNDER ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS: If the contractor is not progressing in accordance with the project schedule or not performing quality work in accordance with the specifications, the Project Manager may, at that point start withholding retainage up to and including ten percent (10%) of the total contract amount. 210.01 CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT The Contractor shall promptly remove from the premises all materials and work condemned by the Engineer as failing to meet contract requirements, whether incorporated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute Contractor's own work in accordance with the contract and without expense to the City and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. All removal and replacement work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor does not take action to remove such condemned work and materials within ten (10) days time thereafter, the City may, upon ten (10) days written notice, sell such materials at auction or at private sale and retain the proceeds without compensation to the Contractor. 210.02 PAYMENTS WITHHELD PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK The City may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate of payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect it from loss caused by: (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims by other parties against the Contractor. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for material or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 47 of 318

210.03 ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL PAYMENT Upon notice that the work is fully completed, the Engineer will make a final inspection. If the Engineer finds the work acceptable under the contract and the contract is fully performed, the work may be finally accepted by the Engineer under the terms and conditions of the contract. The entire balance found by the Engineer to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, less any retention based on; (1) the Engineer's estimate of the fair value of the claims against the Contractor; and (2) the cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work with specified amounts for each incomplete or defective item of work; and (3) retentions required by law, shall be due and payable to the Contractor. The date of completion is the date as specified in the Certificate of Completion issued by the Engineer. Upon completion of the work under the contract and before the Contractor shall receive or be paid for the Engineer's final statement, the City Contracts Office shall post a notice on the web-site www.springsgov.com/contracting that the City has accepted such work as completed according to the Plans and Specifications and rules set forth in the contract; that the Contractor is entitled to final settlement; that after the date specified in the Notice, the City will pay the full balance due under the contract; and that persons having claims for labor or material furnished the Contractor must present their claim to the City Contracts Office prior to the date specified for such payment. Nothing herein shall be construed as relieving the Contractor and the sureties on the Contractor's bonds from any claim or claims for work or labor done or materials or supplies furnished in the execution of the contract. The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor against the City. If, after the work has been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer so certifies, the City may, upon Certificate of Completion by the Engineer, and without terminating the contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment and acceptance of the project shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor but acceptance shall not constitute a waiver of City claims against the Contractor. Advertising for Final Payment and processing of the Final Pay Request shall not take place until after the Contractor has submitted Sales and Use Tax Forms to the City of Colorado Springs and said forms have been reviewed and approved by the City Sales Tax Office. SECTION 211

TERMINATION OF CONTRACT

211.00 THE CITY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT In accordance with the City Charter, performance of the City’s obligations under this contract is expressly subject to appropriation of funds by the City Council. Further, in the event that funds are not appropriated in whole or in part sufficient for performance of the City's obligations under this contract, or appropriated funds may not be expended due to City Charter spending limitations, then the City may terminate this contract without compensation to the Contractor. If the termination is for failure of the contractor to fulfill the contract obligations, the City may terminate the subject contract for Default, and complete the work by contract or otherwise, and the contractor shall be liable for any additional cost incurred by the City. Prior to issuing a Termination for Default, the City will issue a Notice to Cure allowing the contractor a minimum of ten (10) calendar days to prepare a plan to correct whatever failures are causing the contract obligation failure(s). The City will have the right to accept the plan of correction or to continue with the Termination for Default. Where the contract has been terminated for Default by the City, said termination shall not affect or terminate any of the rights of the City as against the Contractor or his surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue because of such default. Any retention or payment of monies by the City due the Contractor under the terms of the contract shall not release the Contractor or the Contractor's surety from liability for the Contractor's default. If the Contractor should become bankrupt and a relief from stay is granted to the City, or if the Contractor should make a general assignment for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed on account of Contractor insolvency, or if Contractor should persistently or repeatedly refuse or should fail, except in cases for which extensions of time are provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or materials, or if Contractor should fail to make payments to subcontractors or for material or labor so as to affect the progress of the work, or breach, or substantially violate any provision of the

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 48 of 318

contract, then the City, upon the written notice of the Engineer may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy, terminate the contract for default and take possession of the premises and of all materials, tools, equipment, and other facilities installed on the work and paid for by the City, and finish the work by whatever method the City may deem expedient. In such cases, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment under the contract. The City may also terminate this contract for convenience of the City, upon written notice to the Contractor, without additional compensation to the Contractor, unless the Contractor has started or performed portions of the contract prior to receiving such notice. If performance of the contract is underway, the City will be liable only for the portions of work actually satisfactorily completed up to the point of the issuance of the Notice of Termination for Convenience. In no event shall the City be liable for unperformed work or anticipated profits or overhead. Upon receipt of this notice the Contractor shall immediately: discontinue all services affected (unless the notice directs otherwise), and deliver to the City all data, drawings, specifications, reports, estimates, summaries, and other information and materials accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in process. 211.01 COMPLETION OF CONTRACTS IN DEFAULT If for any reason a contract is declared in default, the City shall have the right without process or action at law to take over all or any portion of the work and complete it in any manner the City deems most appropriate. Written notice shall be given the Contractor by the City that the contract has been declared in default, and upon receiving such notice, the Contractor shall peaceably relinquish possession of the said work or the parts thereof specified in the notice. The City may, at its option and at a rental which it considers reasonable, retain all material, equipment, and tools on the work until the work has been completed. Neither the City nor any officer, agent or employee of the City shall be in any way liable or accountable to the Contractor or the Contractor's surety for the method by which the completion of the said work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid. Should the cost of completing the work be in excess of the original contract price, the Contractor and Contractor's surety shall be responsible for such excess cost. Should the cost of such completion, including all proper charges, be less than the original contract price, the amount so saved shall accrue to the City. Neither by taking over the work nor by declaring the contract in default shall the City forfeit the right to recover damages from the Contractor or Contractor's surety for failure to complete the entire contract. 211.02 REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT Except as provided in subsection 211.01 above, in the case of termination of this contract before completion from any cause whatever, the Contractor, if notified to do so by the City, shall promptly remove any part or all of Contractor's equipment and supplies from the property of the City, failing which the City shall have the right to remove such equipment and supplies at the expense of the Contractor.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 49 of 318

SCHEDULE E CLAUSES FOR CONTRACTS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS E.1

DISPUTES a. All administrative and contractual disputes arising from or related to this Contract, which are not resolved by mutual agreement, may be decided by recourse to an action at law or in equity in accordance with subparagraph b) of this provision. Until final resolution of any dispute hereunder, the Contractor shall diligently proceed with the performance of this Contract as directed by the City of Colorado Springs Procurement Services Representative. For purposes of this Contract, termination for convenience shall not be deemed a dispute. b. The City of Colorado Springs and the Contractor agree to notify each other in a timely manner of any claim, dispute, or cause of action arising from or related to this Contract, and to negotiate in good faith to resolve any such claim, dispute, or cause of action. To the extent that such negotiations fail, the City of Colorado Springs and the Contractor agree that any lawsuit or cause of action that arises from or is related to this Contract shall be filed with and litigated only by the Colorado District Court for El Paso County, CO.

E.2

TERMINATION a. The City may terminate this Contract in whole or, from time to time, in part, for the City’s convenience or because of the failure of the Contractor to fulfill the contract obligations. The City shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature, extent, and effective date of the termination. Upon receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall: i). Immediately discontinue all services affected (unless the notice directs otherwise), and ii). Deliver to the City all data, drawings, specifications, reports, estimates, summaries, and other information and materials accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in process. b. If the termination is for failure of the Contractor to fulfill the contract obligations, the City may complete the work by contract or otherwise, and the Contractor shall be liable for any additional cost incurred by the City. Prior to issuing a Termination for failure to fulfill the contract obligations, the City will issue a Notice to Cure allowing the Contractor ten (10) calendar days to prepare a plan to correct whatever failures are causing the contract obligation failure (s). c. If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor had not failed, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of the City. d. Disputes under this clause shall be governed by the provisions of the Disputes Clause of this Contract, under Article 1 of this Exhibit. The parties agree that termination for convenience is not a dispute for purposes of this Contract. e. The rights and remedies of the City provided in this clause are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Contract.

E.3

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. b. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. c. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 50 of 318

d. e.

f.

g.

h. i.

j.

k.

E.4

union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Subcontracts. Each nonexempt prime contractor or subcontractor shall include the equal opportunity clause in each of its nonexempt subcontracts. Incorporation by reference. The equal opportunity clause may be incorporated by reference in all Government contracts and subcontracts, including Government bills of lading, transportation requests, contracts for deposit of Government funds, and contracts for issuing and paying U.S. savings bonds and notes, and such other contracts and subcontracts as the Deputy Assistant Secretary may designate. Incorporation by operation of the order. By operation of the order, the equal opportunity clause shall be considered to be a part of every contract and subcontract required by the order and the regulations in this part to include such a clause whether or not it is physically incorporated in such contracts and whether or not the contract between the agency and the contractor is written. Adaptation of language. Such necessary changes in language may be made in the equal opportunity clause as shall be appropriate to identify properly the parties and their undertakings. [43 FR 49240, Oct. 20, 1978, as amended at 62 FR 66971, Dec. 22, 1997] EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNTY REPORTS AND OTHER REQUIRED INFORMATION

1. Requirements for prime contractors and subcontractors. a. Each prime contractor and subcontractor shall file annually, on or before the September 30, complete and accurate reports on Standard Form 100 (EEO-1) promulgated jointly by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and Plans for Progress or such form as may hereafter be promulgated in its place if such prime contractor or subcontractor (i) is not exempt from the provisions of these regulations in accordance with § 60-1.5; (ii) has 50 or more employees; (iii) is a prime contractor or first tier subcontractor; and (iv) has a contract, subcontract or purchase order amounting to $50,000 or more or serves as a depository of Government funds in any amount, or is a financial institution which is an issuing and paying agent for U.S. savings bonds and savings notes: Provided, That any subcontractor below the first tier which performs construction work at the site of construction shall be required to file such a report if it meets requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) (i), (ii), and (iv) of this section. b. Each person required by § 60-1.7(a)(1) to submit reports shall file such a report with the contracting or administering agency within 30 days after the award to him of a contract or subcontract, unless such person has submitted such a report within 12 months preceding the date of the award. Subsequent reports shall be submitted annually in accordance with § 60-1.7(a)(1), or at such other intervals as the Deputy Assistant Secretary may require. The Deputy Assistant Secretary may extend the time for filing any report. c. The Deputy Assistant Secretary or the applicant, on their own motions, may require a contractor to keep employment or other records and to furnish, in the form requested, within reasonable limits, such B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 51 of 318

information as the Deputy Assistant Secretary or the applicant deems necessary for the administration of the order. d. Failure to file timely, complete and accurate reports as required constitutes noncompliance with the prime contractor's or subcontractor's obligations under the equal opportunity clause and is ground for the imposition by the Deputy Assistant Secretary, an applicant, prime contractor or subcontractor, of any sanctions as authorized by the order and the regulations in this part. 2. Requirements for bidders or prospective contractors— a. Certification of compliance with Part 60-2: Affirmative Action Programs. Each agency shall require each bidder or prospective prime contractor and proposed subcontractor, where appropriate, to state in the bid or in writing at the outset of negotiations for the contract: (i) Whether it has developed and has on file at each establishment affirmative action programs pursuant to Part 60-2 of this chapter; (ii) whether it has participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause; (iii) whether it has filed with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Deputy Assistant Secretary or the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission all reports due under the applicable filing requirements. b. Additional information. A bidder or prospective prime contractor or proposed subcontractor shall be required to submit such information as the Deputy Assistant Secretary requests prior to the award of the contract or subcontract. When a determination has been made to award the contract or subcontract to a specific contractor, such contractor shall be required, prior to award, or after the award, or both, to furnish such other information as the applicant or the Deputy Assistant Secretary requests. 3. Use of reports. Reports filed pursuant to this section shall be used only in connection with the administration of the order, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, or in furtherance of the purposes of the order and said Act.[43 FR 49240, Oct. 20, 1978, as amended at 62 FR 66971, Dec. 22, 1997] E.5

CONSTRUCTION WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS (DAVIS BACON) (From FAR 52.222-6) The term “Contracting Officer” herein shall refer to the City of Colorado Springs Contracting Specialist assigned to this contract. (a) Definition.-“Site of the work”(1) Means(i) The primary site of the work. The physical place or places where the construction called for in the contract will remain when work on it is completed; and (ii) The secondary site of the work, if any. Any other site where a significant portion of the building or work is constructed, provided that such site is(A) Located in the United States; and (B) Established specifically for the performance of the contract or project; (2) Except as provided in paragraph (3) of this definition, includes any fabrication plants, mobile factories, batch plants, borrow pits, job headquarters, tool yards, etc., provided(i) They are dedicated exclusively, or nearly so, to performance of the contract or project; and (ii) They are adjacent or virtually adjacent to the “primary site of the work” as defined in paragraph a)(1)(i), or the “secondary site of the work” as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this definition; (3) Does not include permanent home offices, branch plant establishments, fabrication plants, or tool yards of a Contractor or subcontractor whose locations and continuance in operation are determined wholly without regard to a particular Federal contract or project. In addition, fabrication plants, batch plants, borrow pits, job headquarters, yards, etc., of a commercial or material supplier which are established by a supplier of materials for the project before opening of bids and not on the Project site, are not included in the “site of the work.” Such permanent, previously established facilities are not a part of the “site of the work” even if the operations for a period of time may be dedicated exclusively or nearly so, to the performance of a contract. (b) (1) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, or as may be incorporated for a secondary site of the work, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Any wage determination incorporated for a secondary site of the work shall be effective from the first day on which work under the B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 52 of 318

contract was performed at that site and shall be incorporated without any adjustment in contract price or estimated cost. Laborers employed by the construction Contractor or construction subcontractor that are transporting portions of the building or work between the secondary site of the work and the primary site of the work shall be paid in accordance with the wage determination applicable to the primary site of the work. (2) Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this clause; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such period. (3) Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid not less than the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in the clause entitled Apprentices and Trainees. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided that the employer’s payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. 4) The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (c) of this clause) and the Construction Wage Rate Requirements (Davis-Bacon Act) poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the primary site of the work and the secondary site of the work, if any, in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (c) (1) The Contracting Officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The Contracting Officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when all the following criteria have been met: (i) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination. (ii) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry. (iii) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by t the Contracting Officer to the Administrator of the: Wage and Hour Division Employment Standards Administration U.S. Department of Labor Washington, DC 20210 The Administrator or an authorized representative will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting Officer or will notify the Contracting Officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (3) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification, or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the Contracting Officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the Contracting Officer, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting Officer or will notify the Contracting Officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (4) The wage rate (including fringe benefits, where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this clause shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (d) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 53 of 318

(e) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program; provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Construction Wage Rate Requirements statute have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (End of clause) E.6

CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS (from FAR 52.222-4) The term “Contracting Officer” herein shall refer to the City of Colorado Springs Contracting Specialist assigned to this contract. The term “Government” herein shall refer to the City of Colorado Springs and any interested federal or state entity. a. Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor employing laborers or mechanics (see Federal Acquisition Regulation 22.300) shall require or permit them to work over 40 hours in any workweek unless they are paid at least 1 and 1/2 times the basic rate of pay for each hour worked over 40 hours. b. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. The responsible Contractor and subcontractor are liable for unpaid wages if they violate the terms in paragraph (a) of this clause. In addition, the Contractor and subcontractor are liable for liquidated damages payable to the Government. The Contracting Officer will assess liquidated damages at the rate of $10 per affected employee for each calendar day on which the employer required or permitted the employee to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without paying overtime wages required by the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards statute (found at 40 U.S.C. chapter 37). c. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The Contracting Officer will withhold from payments due under the contract sufficient funds required to satisfy any Contractor or subcontractor liabilities for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. If amounts withheld under the contract are insufficient to satisfy Contractor or subcontractor liabilities, the Contracting Officer will withhold payments from other Federal or federally assisted contracts held by the same Contractor that are subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards statute Payrolls and basic records. d. The Contractor and its subcontractors shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records for all laborers and mechanics working on the contract during the contract and shall make them available to the Government until 3 years after contract completion. The records shall contain the name and address of each employee, social security number, labor classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. The records need not duplicate those required for construction work by Department of Labor regulations at 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3) implementing the Construction Wage Rate The Contractor and its subcontractors shall allow authorized representatives of the Contracting Officer or the Department of Labor to inspect, copy, or transcribe records maintained under paragraph (d)(1) of this clause. The Contractor or subcontractor also shall allow authorized representatives of the Contracting Officer or Department of Labor to interview employees in the workplace during working hours.Subcontracts. The Contractor shall insert the provisions set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this clause in subcontracts that may require or involve the employment of laborers and mechanics and require subcontractors to include these provisions in any such lower tier subcontracts. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by of this clause. (End of clause)

E.7

CLEAN AIR ACT By signing this Contract, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders, or regulations ssued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Further, the Contractor agrees to include this clause in all subcontracts in excess of $150,000.

E.8

DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION By signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that it and its principals: B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 54 of 318

a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency; b. Have not within a three year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property; c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and d. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions(Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default. E.9

BYRD ANTI-LOBBYING AMENDMENT By signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Further, the Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. The Contractor must require the same certification from all Subcontractors with subcontracts valued in excess of $100,000 under this Contract.

E.10

LEAD BASED PAINT

Any grants or loans for the rehabilitation of residential structures with assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development shall include provisions for the elimination of Lead Based Paint Hazards under Subpart B of HUD Lead-Based Paint* Regulations; 24 DRF, Part 35.61( c ). The Community Development Program shall be responsible for the inspection and certifications required under Section 570.611 of the Consolidated Community Development Block Grant Regulations. *The new definition states in part “… with respect to paint which is manufactured after June 22, 1977, leadbased paint means any paint containing more than six one-hundredths of one percentum lead by weight (calculated as lead metal) in the total non-colatile content of the paint or the equivalent measure of lead in the ried film of paint already applied.” GRANT PROCUREMENT LANGUAGE Uniform Grant Guidance Procurement Language 2 CFR 200 Effective for Federal Grants Made On or After December 26, 2014 Part 318 General procurement standards. (a) The City must use its own documented procurement procedures which reflect applicable State and local laws and regulations, provided that the procurements conform to applicable Federal law and the standards identified.. (b) The City must maintain oversight to ensure that contractors perform in accordance with the terms, conditions, and specifications of their contracts or purchase orders.. (c)(1) The City entity must maintain written standards of conduct covering conflicts of interest and governing the actions of its employees engaged in the selection, award and administration of contracts. No employee, officer, or agent may participate in the selection, award, or administration of a contract supported by a Federal award if he or she has a real or apparent conflict of interest. Such a conflict of interest would arise when the employee, officer, or agent, any member of his or her immediate family, his or her partner, or an organization which employs or is about to employ any of the parties indicated herein, has a financial or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from a firm considered for a contract. The officers, employees, and agents of the City entity may neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors or parties to subcontracts. However, the City may set standards for situations in which the financial interest is not substantial or the gift is an unsolicited item of nominal value. The standards of conduct must provide for disciplinary actions to be applied for violations of such standards by officers, employees, or agents of the City.. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 55 of 318

(2) If the City has a parent, affiliate, or subsidiary organization that is not a state, local government, or Indian tribe, the City must also maintain written standards of conduct covering organizational conflicts of interest. Organizational conflicts of interest means that because of relationships with a parent company, affiliate, or subsidiary organization, the City is unable or appears to be unable to be impartial in conducting a procurement action involving a related organization. (d) The City’s procedures must avoid acquisition of unnecessary or duplicative items. Consideration should be given to consolidating or breaking out procurements to obtain a more economical purchase. Where appropriate, an analysis will be made of lease versus purchase alternatives, and any other appropriate analysis to determine the most economical approach. (e) To foster greater economy and efficiency, and in accordance with efforts to promote cost-effective use of shared services across the Federal Government, the City is encouraged to enter into state and local intergovernmental agreements or inter-entity agreements where appropriate for procurement or use of common or shared goods and services. (f) The City is encouraged to use Federal excess and surplus property in lieu of purchasing new equipment and property whenever such use is feasible and reduces project costs. (g) The City is encouraged to use value engineering clauses in contracts for construction projects of sufficient size to offer reasonable opportunities for cost reductions. Value engineering is a systematic and creative analysis of each contract item or task to ensure that its essential function is provided at the overall lower cost. (h) The City must award contracts only to responsible contractors possessing the ability to perform successfully under the terms and conditions of a proposed procurement. Consideration will be given to such matters as contractor integrity, compliance with public policy, record of past performance, and financial and technical resources. (i) The City must maintain records sufficient to detail the history of procurement. These records will include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: rationale for the method of procurement, selection of contract type, contractor selection or rejection, and the basis for the contract price. (1) The City may use a time and materials type contract only after a determination that no other contract is suitable and if the contract includes a ceiling price that the contractor exceeds at its own risk. Time and materials type contract means a contract whose cost to a City is the sum of: (i) The actual cost of materials; and (ii) Direct labor hours charged at fixed hourly rates that reflect wages, general and administrative expenses, and profit. (2) Since this formula generates an open-ended contract price, a time-and-materials contract provides no positive profit incentive to the contractor for cost control or labor efficiency. Therefore, each contract must set a ceiling price that the contractor exceeds at its own risk. Further, the City awarding such a contract must assert a high degree of oversight in order to obtain reasonable assurance that the contractor is using efficient methods and effective cost controls. (j) The City alone must be responsible, in accordance with good administrative practice and sound business judgment, for the settlement of all contractual and administrative issues arising out of procurements. These issues include, but are not limited to, source evaluation, protests, disputes, and claims. These standards do not relieve the City of any contractual responsibilities under its contracts. The Federal awarding agency will not substitute its judgment for that of the City unless the matter is primarily a Federal concern. Violations of law will be referred to the local, state, or Federal authority having proper jurisdiction. Part 319 Competition. (a) All procurement transactions must be conducted in a manner providing full and open competition consistent with the standards of this section. In order to ensure objective contractor performance and eliminate unfair competitive advantage, contractors that develop or draft specifications, requirements, statements of work, or B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 56 of 318

invitations for bids or requests for proposals must be excluded from competing for such procurements. Some of the situations considered to be restrictive of competition include but are not limited to:. (1) Placing unreasonable requirements on firms in order for them to qualify to do business; (2) Requiring unnecessary experience and excessive bonding; (3) Noncompetitive pricing practices between firms or between affiliated companies; (4) Noncompetitive contracts to consultants that are on retainer contracts; (5) Organizational conflicts of interest; (6) Specifying only a “brand name” product instead of allowing “an equal” product to be offered and describing the performance or other relevant requirements of the procurement; and (7) Any arbitrary action in the procurement process. (b) The City must conduct procurements in a manner that prohibits the use of statutorily or administratively imposed state, local, or tribal geographical preferences in the evaluation of bids or proposals, except in those cases where applicable Federal statutes expressly mandate or encourage geographic preference. Nothing in this section preempts state licensing laws. When contracting for architectural and engineering (A/E) services, geographic location may be a selection criterion provided its application leaves an appropriate number of qualified firms, given the nature and size of the project, to compete for the contract. (c) The City must have written procedures for procurement transactions. These procedures must ensure that all solicitations: (1) Incorporate a clear and accurate description of the technical requirements for the material, product, or service to be procured. Such description must not, in competitive procurements, contain features which unduly restrict competition. The description may include a statement of the qualitative nature of the material, product or service to be procured and, when necessary, must set forth those minimum essential characteristics and standards to which it must conform if it is to satisfy its intended use. Detailed product specifications should be avoided if at all possible. When it is impractical or uneconomical to make a clear and accurate description of the technical requirements, a “brand name or equivalent” description may be used as a means to define the performance or other salient requirements of procurement. The specific features of the named brand which must be met by offers must be clearly stated; and (2) Identify all requirements which the offerors must fulfill and all other factors to be used in evaluating bids or proposals. (d) The City must ensure that all prequalified lists of persons, firms, or products which are used in acquiring goods and services are current and include enough qualified sources to ensure maximum open and free competition. Also, the City must not preclude potential bidders from qualifying during the solicitation period. Part 320 Methods of procurement to be followed. The City must use one of the following methods of procurement. (a) Procurement by micro-purchases. Procurement by micro-purchase is the acquisition of supplies or services, the aggregate dollar amount of which does not exceed the micro-purchase threshold ($3,000 per §200.67). To the extent practicable, the City must distribute micro-purchases equitably among qualified suppliers. Micro-purchases may be awarded without soliciting competitive quotations if the City considers the price to be reasonable.. (b) Procurement by small purchase procedures. Small purchase procedures are those relatively simple and informal procurement methods for securing services, supplies, or other property that do not cost more than the Simplified Acquisition Threshold ($150,000). If small purchase procedures are used, price or rate quotations must be obtained from an adequate number of qualified sources. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 57 of 318

(c) Procurement by sealed bids (formal advertising). Bids are publicly solicited and a firm fixed price contract (lump sum or unit price) is awarded to the responsible bidder whose bid, conforming with all the material terms and conditions of the invitation for bids, is the lowest in price. The sealed bid method is the preferred method for procuring construction, if the conditions in paragraph (c)(1) of this section apply. (1) In order for sealed bidding to be feasible, the following conditions should be present: (i) A complete, adequate, and realistic specification or purchase description is available; (ii) Two or more responsible bidders are willing and able to compete effectively for the business; and (iii) The procurement lends itself to a firm fixed price contract and the selection of the successful bidder can be made principally on the basis of price. (2) If sealed bids are used, the following requirements apply: (i) Bids must be solicited from an adequate number of known suppliers, providing them sufficient response time prior to the date set for opening the bids, for state, local, and tribal governments, the invitation for bids must be publically advertised; (ii) The invitation for bids, which will include any specifications and pertinent attachments, must define the items or services in order for the bidder to properly respond; (iii) All bids will be opened at the time and place prescribed in the invitation for bids, and for local and tribal governments, the bids must be opened publicly; (iv) A firm fixed price contract award will be made in writing to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. Where specified in bidding documents, factors such as discounts, transportation cost, and life cycle costs must be considered in determining which bid is lowest. Payment discounts will only be used to determine the low bid when prior experience indicates that such discounts are usually taken advantage of; and (v) Any or all bids may be rejected if there is a sound documented reason. (d) Procurement by competitive proposals. The technique of competitive proposals is normally conducted with more than one source submitting an offer, and either a fixed price or cost-reimbursement type contract is awarded. It is generally used when conditions are not appropriate for the use of sealed bids. If this method is used, the following requirements apply: (1) Requests for proposals must be publicized and identify all evaluation factors and their relative importance. Any response to publicized requests for proposals must be considered to the maximum extent practical; (2) Proposals must be solicited from an adequate number of qualified sources; (3) The City must have a written method for conducting technical evaluations of the proposals received and for selecting recipients;. (4) Contracts must be awarded to the responsible firm whose proposal is most advantageous to the program, with price and other factors considered; and (5) The City may use competitive proposal procedures for qualifications-based procurement of architectural/engineering (A/E) professional services whereby competitors' qualifications are evaluated and the most qualified competitor is selected, subject to negotiation of fair and reasonable compensation. The method, where price is not used as a selection factor, can only be used in procurement of A/E professional services. It cannot be used to purchase other types of services though A/E firms are a potential source to perform the proposed effort. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 58 of 318

(e) [Reserved] (f) Procurement by noncompetitive proposals. Procurement by noncompetitive proposals is procurement through solicitation of a proposal from only one source and may be used only when one or more of the following circumstances apply: (1) The item is available only from a single source; (2) The public exigency or emergency for the requirement will not permit a delay resulting from competitive solicitation; (3) The Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity expressly authorizes noncompetitive proposals in response to a written request from the City; or (4) After solicitation of a number of sources, competition is determined inadequate. Part 321 Contracting with small and minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms. (a) The City must take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. (b) Affirmative steps must include: (1) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises on solicitation lists; (2) Assuring that small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (3) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises; (4) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage participation by small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises; (5) Using the services and assistance, as appropriate, of such organizations as the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and. (6) Requiring the prime contractor, if subcontracts are to be let, to take the affirmative steps listed in paragraphs (1) through (5) of this section. Part 322 Procurement of recovered materials. A City that is a state agency or agency of a political subdivision of a state and its contractors must comply with section 6002 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. The requirements of Section 6002 include procuring only items designated in guidelines of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) at 40 CFR part 247 that contain the highest percentage of recovered materials practicable, consistent with maintaining a satisfactory level of competition, where the purchase price of the item exceeds $10,000 or the value of the quantity acquired during the preceding fiscal year exceeded $10,000; procuring solid waste management services in a manner that maximizes energy and resource recovery; and establishing an affirmative procurement program for procurement of recovered materials identified in the EPA guidelines.. §200.323 Contract cost and price. (a) The City must perform a cost or price analysis in connection with every procurement action in excess of the Simplified Acquisition Threshold including contract modifications. The method and degree of analysis is B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 59 of 318

dependent on the facts surrounding the particular procurement situation, but as a starting point, the City must make independent estimates before receiving bids or proposals. (b) The City must negotiate profit as a separate element of the price for each contract in which there is no price competition and in all cases where cost analysis is performed. To establish a fair and reasonable profit, consideration must be given to the complexity of the work to be performed, the risk borne by the contractor, the contractor's investment, the amount of subcontracting, the quality of its record of past performance, and industry profit rates in the surrounding geographical area for similar work. (c) Costs or prices based on estimated costs for contracts under the Federal award are allowable only to the extent that costs incurred or cost estimates included in negotiated prices would be allowable for the City under Subpart E—Cost Principles of this part. The City may reference its own cost principles that comply with the Federal cost principles. (d) The cost plus a percentage of cost and percentage of construction cost methods of contracting must not be used. Part 324 Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity review. (a) The City must make available, upon request of the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity, technical specifications on proposed procurements where the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity believes such review is needed to ensure that the item or service specified is the one being proposed for acquisition. This review generally will take place prior to the time the specification is incorporated into a solicitation document. However, if the City desires to have the review accomplished after a solicitation has been developed, the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity may still review the specifications, with such review usually limited to the technical aspects of the proposed purchase. (b) The City must make available upon request, for the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity preprocurement review, procurement documents, such as requests for proposals or invitations for bids, or independent cost estimates, when: (1) The City's procurement procedures or operation fails to comply with the procurement standards in this part; (2) The procurement is expected to exceed the Simplified Acquisition Threshold and is to be awarded without competition or only one bid or offer is received in response to a solicitation; (3) The procurement, which is expected to exceed the Simplified Acquisition Threshold, specifies a “brand name” product; (4) The proposed contract is more than the Simplified Acquisition Threshold and is to be awarded to other than the apparent low bidder under a sealed bid procurement; or (5) A proposed contract modification changes the scope of a contract or increases the contract amount by more than the Simplified Acquisition Threshold. (c) The City is exempt from the pre-procurement review in paragraph (b) of this section if the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity determines that its procurement systems comply with the standards of this part. (1) The City may request that its procurement system be reviewed by the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity to determine whether its system meets these standards in order for its system to be certified. Generally, these reviews must occur where there is continuous high-dollar funding, and third party contracts are awarded on a regular basis; (2) The City may self-certify its procurement system. Such self-certification must not limit the Federal awarding agency's right to survey the system. Under a self-certification procedure, the Federal awarding agency may rely on written assurances from the City that it is complying with these standards. The City must cite specific policies, procedures, regulations, or standards as being in compliance with these requirements and have its system available for review. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 60 of 318

Part 325 Bonding requirements. For construction or facility improvement contracts or subcontracts exceeding the Simplified Acquisition Threshold, the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity may accept the bonding policy and requirements of the City provided that the Federal awarding agency or pass-through entity has made a determination that the Federal interest is adequately protected. If such a determination has not been made, the minimum requirements must be as follows: (a) A bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five percent of the bid price. The “bid guarantee” must consist of a firm commitment such as a bid bond, certified check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the bidder will, upon acceptance of the bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. (b) A performance bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A “performance bond” is one executed in connection with a contract to secure fulfillment of all the contractor's obligations under such contract. (c) A payment bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A “payment bond” is one executed in connection with a contract to assure payment as required by law of all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in the contract. Part 326 Contract provisions. The City's contracts must contain the applicable provisions described in Appendix II to Part 200—Contract Provisions for City Contracts Under Federal Awards. APPENDIX II TO PART 200—CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR CITY CONTRACTS UNDER FEDERAL AWARDS In addition to other provisions required by the Federal agency or City, all contracts made by the City under the Federal award must contain provisions covering the following, as applicable. (A) Contracts for more than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $150,000, which is the inflation adjusted amount determined by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council (Councils) as authorized by 41 U.S.C. 1908, must address administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and provide for such sanctions and penalties as appropriate. (B) All contracts in excess of $10,000 must address termination for cause and for convenience by the City including the manner by which it will be effected and the basis for settlement. (C) Equal Employment Opportunity. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of “federally assisted construction contract” in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, “Equal Employment Opportunity” (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, “Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,” and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, “Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor.” (D) Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-3148). When required by Federal program legislation, all prime construction contracts in excess of $2,000 awarded by non-Federal entities must include a provision for compliance with the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141-3144, and 3146-3148) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5, “Labor Standards Provisions Applicable to Contracts Covering Federally Financed and Assisted Construction”). In accordance with the statute, contractors must be required to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the prevailing wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor. In addition, contractors must be required to pay wages not less than once a week. The City must place a copy of the current prevailing wage determination issued by the Department of Labor in each solicitation. The decision to award a contract or subcontract must be conditioned upon the acceptance of the wage determination. The City must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. The contracts must also include a provision for compliance with the Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act (40 U.S.C. 3145), as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, “Contractors and Subcontractors on B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 61 of 318

Public Building or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States”). The Act provides that each contractor or subrecipient must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repair of public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. The City must report all suspected or reported violations to the Federal awarding agency. (E) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708). Where applicable, all contracts awarded by the City in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers must include a provision for compliance with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, each contractor must be required to compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. (F) Rights to Inventions Made Under a Contract or Agreement. If the Federal award meets the definition of “funding agreement” under 37 CFR §401.2 (a) and the recipient or subrecipient wishes to enter into a contract with a small business firm or nonprofit organization regarding the substitution of parties, assignment or performance of experimental, developmental, or research work under that “funding agreement,” the recipient or subrecipient must comply with the requirements of 37 CFR Part 401, “Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements,” and any implementing regulations issued by the awarding agency. (G) Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 12511387), as amended—Contracts and subgrants of amounts in excess of $150,000 must contain a provision that requires the non-Federal award to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). (H) Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)—A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to parties listed on the governmentwide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), “Debarment and Suspension.” SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. (I) Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)—Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier must also disclose any lobbying with non-Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the non-Federal award. (J) See §200.322 Procurement of recovered materials.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 62 of 318

FEDERAL SECTION 3 CLAUSE THE FOLLOWING SECTION 3 CLAUSE SHALL BE INCLUDED IN ALL CONTRACTS FOR WORK IN CONNECTION WITH A SECTION 3 PROJECT A. The work to be performed under this contract is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from the Department of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u. Section 3 requires that to the greatest extent feasible, opportunities for training and employment be given lower income residents of the project area and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. B. The parties to this contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development set forth in 24CFR, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of this contract. The parties to this contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying with these requirements. C. The contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he/she has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, if any, a notice advising the said labor organization or workers’ representative of his commitments under this Section 3 Clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment or training. D. The contractor will include this Section 3 Clause in every subcontract for work in connection with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial assistance, take appropriate action pursuant to the subcontract upon a finding that the subcontract is in violation of regulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, 24 CFR. The contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where it has notice or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation of regulations under 24 CFR, and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations. E. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of the contract, shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided to the project, binding upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors, and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors, and assigns to those sanctions specified by the grant or loan agreement or contract through which Federal assistance is provided, and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR 135.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 63 of 318

SCHEDULE F PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS AND RESTROOM RENOVATION SPECIFICATIONS TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS The Standard Specifications for this project shall be the latest version of the “CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS ENGINEERING DIVISIONS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS”, (revised Feb. 1995, General Provisions revised January 2008 and Sections 400, 410 and 420 Revised January 2007), except as modified hereinafter, which are incorporated in the contract documents by reference as though embodied herein in their entirety. All Contractors on this project are required to have on the job site and utilize the current updated copy of the City of Colorado Springs Engineering Divisions Standard Specifications. Copies are available for purchase at the cost of $25.00 from the City of Colorado Springs, City Engineering Division, Suite 403, 30 South Nevada Avenue, Colorado Springs, during regular business hours. 1. MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER PARKING LOT IMPROVEMENTS Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and supplies required to furnish and install accordance with this bid and all city, state, and federal rules and regulations a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i)

Demo 75 feet concrete curb Demo 420 square feet combination of concrete and asphalt Remove 80 cubic feet blue grass Install two city standard pedestrian ramps Install one mid-block crossing (pedestrian ramp) Install 450 square feet of concrete flat work Restripe three parking lot stalls-two will be accessible and one will be hatched for access Stripe one cross walk in parking lot Install 14 parking blocks

2. MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER – RESTROOM RENOVATIONS Division 1 through Division 32 Follows this page

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 64 of 318

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RESTROOM RENOVATION HCM Project No. 11575.000 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS November 4, 2015

SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 THROUGH DIVISION 32

1331 Nineteenth Street Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 607-0977

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 65 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 66 of 318

SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Hord Coplan Macht Project No. 11575.000 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 1000 SECTION 01 1400 SECTION 01 2600 SECTION 01 2900 SECTION 01 3100 SECTION 01 3200 SECTION 01 3300 SECTION 01 3513 SECTION 01 4000 SECTION 01 4200 SECTION 01 5000 SECTION 01 6000 SECTION 01 7000 SECTION 01 7329 SECTION 01 7700

SUMMARY WORK RESTRICTIONS CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PAYMENT PROCEDURES PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES QUALITY REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS CUTTING AND PATCHING CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK SECTION 02 4119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE SECTION 03 3053

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

DIVISION 4 - MASONRY NOT USED. DIVISION 5 - METALS NOT USED. DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06 1053

MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 1

Page 67 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO SECTION 07 9200

HCM Project No. 11575.000

JOINT SEALANTS

DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08 1213 SECTION 08 2100 SECTION 08 7100

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES FLUSH WOOD DOORS DOOR HARDWARE

DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09 2216 SECTION 09 2900 SECTION 09 3013 SECTION 09 3023 SECTION 09 6513 SECTION 09 6516 SECTION 09 9100

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING GYPSUM BOARD CERAMIC TILING GLASS TILING RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING PAINTING

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 2113.13 SECTION 10 2800

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT USED. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT USED. DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONDITIONS NOT USED. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED. DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NOT USED.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 2

Page 68 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NOT USED. DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS NOT USED. DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK SECTION 31 2305

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS NOT USED.

END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 3

Page 69 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 70 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A.

1.3

Project Identification: Project consists of the Restroom Renovation at the Colorado Springs Auditorium. (1)

Project Location: 1939 El Paso Ave., Colorado Springs, Colorado 80905.

(2)

Owner: City of Colorado Springs, Parks, Recreation, and Cultural Services, 1401 Recreation Way, Colorado Springs, Colorado 80905.

B.

Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated November 4, 2015 were prepared for the Project by Hord Coplan Macht, Inc., 1331 Nineteenth Street, Denver, Colorado, 80202.

C.

The Work consists of men’s and women’s restroom and unisex restroom renovation of the main floor at Meadows Park Community Center.

CONTRACT A.

1.4

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

Project will be constructed under a general construction contract.

WORK SEQUENCE A.

The Work shall be conducted in a single phase. (1)

1.5

Work shall be substantially complete and ready for inspection and punch list within 90 calendar days of the Notice to Proceed.

USE OF PREMISES A.

General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to occupy all parts of the building not directly impacted by construction activities. (1)

Limits: Confine construction operations to the area indicated.

(2)

Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to the City of Colorado Springs, the City’s employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. (a)

SUMMARY

Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 1000 - 1

Page 71 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (b) B.

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its contents during construction period.

SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A.

Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 33-division format and CSI/CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. (1)

B.

Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross-referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents.

Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: (1)

Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

(2)

Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. (a)

The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000

SUMMARY

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 1000 - 2

Page 72 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 1400 - WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

USE OF PREMISES A.

B.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. (1)

Limits: Confine constructions operations to the areas indicated.

(2)

Occupancy: Allow for City of Colorado Springs occupancy of site and use by the public.

(3)

Sidewalks and Entrances: Coordinate closures of sidewalks and entrances with auditorium staff. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. (a)

Schedule deliveries to minimize use of sidewalks and entrances.

(b)

Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

Use of Existing Building: Maintain existing building in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Protect building and its occupants during construction period.

OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A.

Full Occupancy: The Meadows Park Community Center will occupy site during entire construction period. Periods of closure are possible with prior consent of Owner. Owner will provide a list of scheduled events to the contractor. Cooperate with the City of Colorado Springs during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with their operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1400

WORK RESTRICTIONS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 1400 - 1

Page 73 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 74 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

B.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

1.3

MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A.

1.4

Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award.

Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Amount or the Contract. Supplement instructions will be issued on standard form approved by the City.

PROPOSAL REQUESTS A.

City-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Amount or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. (1)

Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

(2)

Within 14 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Amount and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. (a)

Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

(b)

Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

(c)

Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2600 - 1

Page 75 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

Contractor-Initiated Requests for Information: When latent or other unforseen conditions require clarifications or modifications to the Contract Documents, the Contractor may request additional information, clarification and/or modification instructions by submitting a Request for Information to the Architect. (1)

Number each Request for Information consecutively.

(2)

Include a statement outlining the reasons for the request. Propose suggested remedies or suggestions, if possible. Describe the work effected and potential for delays, if any.

(3)

The Architect will respond to each Request for Information in written form by issuing additional instructions, clarifications or drawings. If it is expected that these additional instructions will affect the Contract Amount or Contract Time, the Architect will issue a Change Order Request to accompany the additional instructions. (a)

(4) C.

D.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

The Architect will respond to each Request for Information within seven calendar days of receiving Request for Information from Contractor.

Respond to Change Order Requests issued by the above procedure as described in City-Initiated Proposal Requests above.

Contractor-Initiated Proposals: Where latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change. (1)

Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Amount and the Contract Time.

(2)

Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

(3)

Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

(4)

Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

(5)

Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified.

Change Order Request Form: For Change Order Requests, use forms provided by the City of Colorado Springs..

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2600 - 2

Page 76 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.5

CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A.

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

On City’s approval of a Proposal Request or Change Order Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of City and Contractor on standard Change Order form approved by the City.

CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A.

Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive or Field Order at the direction of the City. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. (1)

B.

Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time.

Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. (1)

After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2600

CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2600 - 3

Page 77 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 78 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

1.3

SUMMARY A.

This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

B.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing preparation and submittal of Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittals Schedule.

DEFINITIONS A.

1.4

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Amount to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

SCHEDULE OF VALUES A.

Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. (1)

Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: (a)

Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets.

(b)

Submittals Schedule.

(2)

Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than thirty days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

(3)

Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of payment.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2900 - 1

Page 79 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. (1)

(2)

Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: (a)

Project name and location.

(b)

Name of Architect.

(c)

Architect's project number.

(d)

Contractor's name and address.

(e)

Date of submittal.

Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: (a)

Related Specification Section or Division.

(b)

Description of the Work.

(c)

Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.

(d)

Dollar value. •

Percentage of the Contract Amount to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.

(3)

Provide a breakdown of the Contract Amount in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate.

(4)

Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Amount.

(5)

Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. (a)

Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required.

(6)

Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

(7)

Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2900 - 2

Page 80 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (a)

(8)

1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Amount.

APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A.

Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by the City of Colorado Springs. (1)

Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.

B.

Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between City and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.

C.

Payment Application Forms: Use forms developed by AIA or similar.

D.

Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action.

E.

(1)

Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

(2)

Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. (1)

F.

Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. (1)

Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item.

(2)

When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.

(3)

City reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2900 - 3

Page 81 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (4) G.

H.

I.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to City.

Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: (1)

List of subcontractors.

(2)

Schedule of Values.

(3)

Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).

(4)

List of Contractor's staff assignments.

(5)

Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.

(6)

Performance and payment bonds.

Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. (1)

Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Amount.

(2)

This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for City occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: (1)

Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.

(2)

Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Amount.

(3)

Evidence that claims have been settled.

(4)

Final, liquidated damages settlement statement.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2900

PAYMENT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 2900 - 4

Page 82 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

B.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: (1)

General project coordination procedures.

(2)

Coordination Drawings.

(3)

Administrative and supervisory personnel.

(4)

Project meetings.

Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: (1)

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting the Contractor's Construction Schedule.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

(3)

Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout.

COORDINATION A.

B.

Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. (1)

Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

(2)

Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

(3)

Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3100 - 1

Page 83 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO C.

1.4

Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: (1)

Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.

(2)

Preparation of the Schedule of Values.

(3)

Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.

(4)

Delivery and processing of submittals.

(5)

Progress meetings.

(6)

Preinstallation conferences.

(7)

Project closeout activities.

SUBMITTALS A.

1.5

Staff Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A.

General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. (1)

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Include special personnel required for coordination of operations with other contractors.

PROJECT MEETINGS A.

General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. (1)

Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify City and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

(2)

Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.

(3)

Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including City and Architect, within 3 days of the meeting.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3100 - 2

Page 84 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to City, Architect, and State Historical Fund representative, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. (1)

Attendees: Authorized representatives of City, Architect, Contractor and its superintendent, major subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

(2)

Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: (a)

Tentative construction schedule.

(b)

Phasing.

(c)

Critical work sequencing.

(d)

Designation of responsible personnel.

(e)

Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.

(f)

Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.

(g)

Distribution of the Contract Documents.

(h)

Submittal procedures.

(i)

Preparation of Record Documents.

(j)

Use of the premises.

(k)

Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.

(l)

Parking availability.

(m)

Office, work, and storage areas.

(n)

Equipment deliveries and priorities.

(o)

First aid.

(p)

Security.

(q)

Progress cleaning.

(r)

Working hours.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3100 - 3

Page 85 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO C.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. (1)

Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates.

(2)

Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: (a)

Contract Documents.

(b)

Options.

(c)

Related Change Orders.

(d)

Purchases.

(e)

Deliveries.

(f)

Submittals.

(g)

Review of mockups.

(h)

Possible conflicts.

(i)

Compatibility problems.

(j)

Time schedules.

(k)

Weather limitations.

(l)

Manufacturer's written recommendations.

(m)

Warranty requirements.

(n)

Compatibility of materials.

(o)

Acceptability of substrates.

(p)

Temporary facilities and controls.

(q)

Space and access limitations.

(r)

Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

(s)

Testing and inspecting requirements.

(t)

Required performance results.

(u)

Protection of construction and personnel.

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3100 - 4

Page 86 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

D.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(3)

Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements.

(4)

Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly or appropriate regular intervals as agreed upon by the Architect, Owner, and Contractor. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. (1)

Attendees: In addition to representatives of City and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

(2)

Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. (a)

Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

(b)

Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

(3)

Interface requirements. Sequence of operations. Status of submittals. Deliveries. Off-site fabrication. Access. Site utilization. Temporary facilities and controls. Work hours. Hazards and risks. Progress cleaning. Quality and work standards. Change Orders. Documentation of information for payment requests.

Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. (a)

Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3100 - 5

Page 87 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. E.

Coordination Meetings: Conduct Project coordination meetings at regular intervals. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. (1)

Attendees: In addition to representatives of City and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

(2)

Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. (a)

Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.

(b)

Review present and future needs of each contractor present, including the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • •

(3)

Interface requirements. Sequence of operations. Status of submittals. Deliveries. Off-site fabrication. Access. Site utilization. Temporary facilities and controls. Work hours. Hazards and risks. Progress cleaning. Quality and work standards. Change Orders.

Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3100 - 6

Page 88 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

B.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: (1)

Contractor's Construction Schedule.

(2)

Daily construction reports.

(3)

Field condition reports.

(4)

Special reports.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing meeting and conference minutes.

(3)

Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports.

(4)

Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections.

(5)

Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting photographic negatives as Project Record Documents at Project closeout.

DEFINITIONS A.

B.

Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. (1)

Critical activities are activities on the critical path. They must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times.

(2)

Predecessor activity is an activity that must be completed before a given activity can be started.

Critical Path: The longest continuous chain of activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3200 - 1

Page 89 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.4

1.5

C.

Event: The starting or ending point of an activity.

D.

Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. (1)

Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either City or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date.

(2)

Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the following activity.

(3)

Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date.

E.

Major Area: A story of construction, a separate building, or a similar significant construction element.

F.

Milestone: A key or critical point in time for reference or measurement.

SUBMITTALS A.

Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article and inhouse scheduling personnel to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

B.

Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit three printed copies of schedule large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.

C.

Daily Construction Reports: Submit two copies at weekly intervals.

D.

Field Condition Reports: Submit two copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.

E.

Special Reports: Submit two copies at time of unusual event.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Scheduling Consultant Qualifications: An experienced specialist in scheduling and reporting.

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors.

B.

Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. (1)

Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3200 - 2

Page 90 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (2)

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A.

Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling."

B.

Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for commencement of the work (the Notice to Proceed) to date of Substantial Completion (Final Completion.) (1)

C.

D.

Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: (1)

Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 90 days, unless specifically allowed by Architect.

(2)

Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

(3)

Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.

(4)

Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's and Construction Manager's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. (1)

Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.

(2)

Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 1 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.

(3)

Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: (a)

Coordination with existing construction.

(b)

Limitations of continued occupancies.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3200 - 3

Page 91 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

(4)

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(c)

Uninterruptible services.

(d)

Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.

(e)

Use of premises restrictions.

(f)

Provisions for future construction.

(g)

Seasonal variations.

(h)

Environmental control.

Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: (a)

Subcontract awards.

(b)

Submittals.

(c)

Purchases.

(d)

Mockups.

(e)

Fabrication.

(f)

Sample testing.

(g)

Deliveries.

(h)

Installation.

(i)

Tests and inspections.

(j)

Adjusting.

(k)

Curing.

(l)

Startup and placement into final use and operation.

E.

Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion.

F.

Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A.

Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-charttype, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 30 days of date established for the Notice

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3200 - 4

Page 92 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project. B.

Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. (1)

2.3

For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.

REPORTS A.

B.

Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: (1)

List of subcontractors at Project site.

(2)

List of separate contractors at Project site.

(3)

Approximate count of personnel at Project site.

(4)

High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.

(5)

Accidents.

(6)

Unusual events (refer to special reports).

(7)

Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.

(8)

Emergency procedures.

(9)

Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.

(10)

Change Orders received and implemented.

(11)

Construction Change Directives received.

(12)

Services connected and disconnected.

(13)

Equipment or system tests and startups.

(14)

Partial Completions and occupancies.

(15)

Substantial Completions authorized.

Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3200 - 5

Page 93 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SPECIAL REPORTS A.

General: Submit special reports directly to City within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

B.

Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise City in advance when these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A.

Scheduling Specialist: Engage a qualified specialist to provide planning, evaluation, and reporting using scheduling. (1)

B.

C.

In-House Option: City may waive the requirement to retain a specialist if Contractor employs skilled personnel with experience in scheduling and reporting techniques. Submit qualifications.

Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. (1)

Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

(2)

Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

(3)

As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, City, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. (1)

Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.

(2)

When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 01 3200

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3200 - 6

Page 94 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

1.3

1.4

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.

B.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting Coordination Drawings.

(3)

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule.

(4)

Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and Delegated-Design Submittals and for erecting mockups.

(5)

Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties project record documents and operation and maintenance manuals.

DEFINITIONS A.

Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action.

B.

Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A.

General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

B.

Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. (1)

Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 1

Page 95 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (2)

Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. (a)

C.

D.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. (1)

Initial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

(2)

Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by City, or other parties is required, allow 15 days for review of each submittal.

(3)

If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

(4)

Allow 5 days for processing each resubmittal.

(5)

No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.

Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. (1)

Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.

(2)

Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

(3)

Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: (a)

Project name.

(b)

Date.

(c)

Names and addresses of Architect, Contractor, subcontractor(s), supplier(s) and manufacturer(s).

(d)

Unique identifier, including revision number.

(e)

Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.

(f)

Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.

(g)

Other necessary identification.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 2

Page 96 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

E.

Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

F.

Additional Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.

G.

(1)

Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect.

(2)

Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and will be returned.

Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. (1)

On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.

(2)

Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents.

(3)

Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810, CSI Form 12.1A, NEBS Product 239 or 240, or equivalent preprinted transmittal form acceptable to the Architect.

H.

Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

I.

Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. (1)

B.

Number of Copies: Submit five copies of each submittal, or submit electronically. Architect will return three copies, or will return submittals electronically. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.

Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. (1)

If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 3

Page 97 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

C.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(2)

Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.

(3)

Include the following information, as applicable: (a)

Manufacturer's written recommendations, product specifications and installation instructions.

(b)

Standard color charts.

(c)

Manufacturer's catalog cuts.

(d)

Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.

(e)

Printed performance curves.

(f)

Operational range diagrams.

(g)

Mill reports.

(h)

Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.

(i)

Compliance with recognized trade association standards and testing agency standards.

(j)

Application of testing agency labels and seals.

(k)

Notation of coordination requirements.

Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. (1)

Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: (a)

Dimensions.

(b)

Identification of products.

(c)

Fabrication and installation drawings.

(d)

Roughing-in and setting diagrams.

(e)

Shopwork manufacturing instructions.

(f)

Templates and patterns.

(g)

Schedules.

(h)

Design calculations.

(i)

Compliance with specified standards.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 4

Page 98 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (j)

Notation of coordination requirements.

(k)

Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

(2)

Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches.

(3)

Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows: (a)

D.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Submit six prints, unless prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Submit seven prints where prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Architect will retain two prints, Owner will retain two prints, Engineer will retain one print; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned print as a Project Record Drawing.

Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: (1)

Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups.

(2)

Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

(3)

Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

(4)

Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following:

(5)

(a)

Generic description of Sample.

(b)

Product name or name of manufacturer.

(c)

Sample source.

Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, provide the following: (a)

Size limitations.

(b)

Compliance with recognized standards.

(c)

Availability.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 5

Page 99 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (d) (6)

(a)

If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations.

(b)

Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics.

(7)

Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

(8)

Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one returned Sample set as a Project Record Sample.

(9)

F.

Delivery time.

Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

(a)

E.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. (a)

Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use.

(b)

Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as City's property, are the property of Contractor.

Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: (1)

Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.

(2)

Number and name of room or space.

(3)

Location within room or space.

Delegated-Design Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 6

Page 100 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

G.

Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

H.

Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."

I.

Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."

J.

Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: (1)

Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products.

(2)

Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.

(3)

Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. (1)

Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. Electronic submittals are acceptable.

(2)

Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of Contractor, testing agency, or design professional responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the company.

(3)

Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

B.

Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

C.

Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

D.

Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements.

E.

Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 7

Page 101 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

F.

Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

G.

Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements.

H.

Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements.

I.

Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements.

J.

Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

K.

Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements.

L.

Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

M.

Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

N.

(1)

Name of evaluation organization.

(2)

Date of evaluation.

(3)

Time period when report is in effect.

(4)

Product and manufacturers' names.

(5)

Description of product.

(6)

Test procedures and results.

(7)

Limitations of use.

Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data."

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 8

Page 102 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

O.

Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

P.

Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:

Q.

(1)

Preparation of substrates.

(2)

Required substrate tolerances.

(3)

Sequence of installation or erection.

(4)

Required installation tolerances.

(5)

Required adjustments.

(6)

Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factoryauthorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: (1)

Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.

(2)

Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.

(3)

Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.

(4)

Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.

(5)

Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements.

(6)

Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.

(7)

Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

R.

Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

S.

Material Safety Data Sheets: Submit information directly to City. If submitted to Architect, Architect will not review this information but will return it with no action taken.

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 9

Page 103 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

3.2

CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A.

Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B.

Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

ARCHITECT'S ACTION A.

General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B.

Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: (1)

Final Unrestricted Release: Where submittals are marked "No Exceptions Taken," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend upon that compliance.

(2)

Final-But-Restricted Release: When submittals are marked "Make Corrections Noted," that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both the Architect's notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the Contract Documents; final acceptance will depend on that compliance.

(3)

Returned for Resubmittal: When submittal is marked "Rejected" and/or "Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal in accordance with the Architect's notations; resubmit without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain a different action mark. (a)

Do not permit submittals marked "Rejected" or "Revise and Resubmit" to be used at the Project site, or elsewhere where construction is in progress.

(4)

Submit Specified Item: When submittal is marked "Submit Specified Item," submit the specified item to the Engineer for further review. Do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity until release is obtained from the Architect.

(5)

Other Action: Where a submittal is primarily for information or record purposes, for special processing or other Contractor activity, the submittal will be returned, marked "Action Not Required".

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 10

Page 104 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

C.

Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D.

Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01 3300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3300 - 11

Page 105 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 106 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 3513 - SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this section.

This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for this alteration project.

EXISTING CONDITIONS A.

Carefully study and compare Construction Documents with existing conditions at the project site. Report to Architect, errors, discrepancies, inconsistencies, and omissions and materials, products, systems, procedures, and construction methods shown or specified which are incorrect, inadequate, or unsuitable for actual field conditions discovered, or which Contractor would not warrant as required by the Construction Documents. Do not proceed with Work in areas where errors, discrepancies, inconsistencies, or omissions were found, without Architect's instructions.

B.

Before ordering materials or doing Work at the project site, verify dimensions and conditions affecting materials to be ordered or Work to be done, to ensure that dimensions shown on construction drawings accurately reflect actual dimensions. Bring inconsistencies to Architect's attention and do not proceed without Architect's instructions.

C.

Existing building will remain in use during construction period. Protect existing buildings, grounds, contents, and occupants from damage or harm due to Work of this Project.

D.

Unknown Conditions: The drawings include general depictions of existing construction and conditions. Existing conditions may vary somewhat from those depicted on the drawings. (1)

1.4

Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

ASBESTOS A.

Asbestos-containing-materials may be present in the buildings affected by this Project. However, potential asbestos-containing-materials are not expected to be affected by the work of this Project.

B.

Instruct all employees and subcontractors of the possible presence of asbestos-containingmaterials and the proper procedures for working in proximity with asbestos-containingmaterials.

C.

Comply with applicable Federal and local requirements regarding the handling of asbestos-containing-materials.

SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3513 - 1

Page 107 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

D.

Stop work immediately if asbestos containing materials are discovered or suspected and are required to be removed during construction and notify the Owner.

E.

Under no circumstances is the General Contractor or any of his sub contractors to remove or damage asbestos-containing-materials. If asbestos-containing-materials are found and confirmed, the Owner will initiate appropriate abatement procedures.

EXISTING OPERATING SYSTEMS A.

Maintain existing operating systems, utilities, and services serving the existing buildings at all times. Make prior arrangements with the Owner's project representative before interrupting operating systems, utilities and services. (1)

Operating systems, utilities and services include, but are not necessarily limited to, water, electric power, heating, sanitary sewer, and telephone systems.

B.

Before interrupting, or otherwise affecting any existing operating systems, utilities and services, consult with Owner's project representative to establish a mutually acceptable schedule for cut-over, cutoff, disruption, or other change in operation of an affected system, utility or service.

C.

Do not sever existing pipes or conduits serving existing buildings.

D.

Protect existing mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during the construction period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable.) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable.) END OF SECTION 01 3513

SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 3513 - 2

Page 108 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B.

Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

C.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

(1)

Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

(2)

Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's qualitycontrol procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

(3)

Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect, City, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities.

(3)

Divisions 2 through 32 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

DEFINITIONS A.

Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements.

B.

Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 1

Page 109 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.4

C.

Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

D.

Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

DELEGATED DESIGN A.

Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. (1)

1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect.

SUBMITTALS A.

Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

B.

Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services.

C.

Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: (1)

Date of issue.

(2)

Project title and number.

(3)

Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.

(4)

Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.

(5)

Names of individuals making tests and inspections.

(6)

Description of the Work and test and inspection method.

(7)

Identification of product and Specification Section.

(8)

Complete test or inspection data.

(9)

Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 2

Page 110 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

D.

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(10)

Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.

(11)

Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements.

(12)

Name and signature of laboratory inspector.

(13)

Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For City's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

B.

Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

C.

Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

D.

Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.

E.

Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in Colorado and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

F.

Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. (1)

G.

Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions.

Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 3

Page 111 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO H.

Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. (1)

(2)

I.

1.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Contractor responsibilities include the following: (a)

Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements.

(b)

Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: (1)

Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.

(2)

Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.

(3)

Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

(4)

Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.

(5)

Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

(6)

Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.

QUALITY CONTROL A.

City Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as City's responsibility, City will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. (1)

City will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

(2)

Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 4

Page 112 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (3)

B.

Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. (1)

Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. (a)

C.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by City, unless agreed to in writing by City.

(2)

Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

(3)

Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

(4)

Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

(5)

Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

Special Tests and Inspections: City will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of City. (1)

Testing agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

(2)

Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.

(3)

Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

(4)

Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

(5)

Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.

D.

Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing.

E.

Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 5

Page 113 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO F.

G.

H.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. (1)

Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

(2)

Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

(3)

Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

(4)

Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

(5)

Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: (1)

Access to the Work.

(2)

Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.

(3)

Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.

(4)

Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples.

(5)

Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency.

(6)

Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.

Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required qualityassurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. (1)

Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 6

Page 114 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

REPAIR AND PROTECTION A.

General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. (1)

Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.

(2)

Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."

B.

Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C.

Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 4000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4000 - 7

Page 115 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 116 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

DEFINITIONS A.

General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B.

"Approved": The term "approved," when used in conjunction with Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C.

"Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and similar phrases.

D.

"Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on Drawings; or to other paragraphs or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference.

E.

"Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F.

"Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G.

"Install": The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading, temporary storage, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H.

"Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I.

"Installer": An installer is Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor, as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

J.

The term "experienced," when used with the term "installer," means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with the special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. (1)

REFERENCES

Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4200 - 1

Page 117 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespeople of the corresponding generic name. K.

1.3

"Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of Project. The extent of Project site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

INDUSTRY STANDARDS A.

Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B.

Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of the date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated.

C.

Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. (1)

D.

Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. (1)

E.

Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from the publication source and make them available on request.

Abbreviations and Names: Abbreviations and acronyms are frequently used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents to represent the name of a trade association, standards-developing organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity in the context of referencing a standard or publication. Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of these entities. Refer to Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S.," which are available in most libraries. (1)

REFERENCES

A list of abbreviations and acronyms is available from the Architect upon request.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4200 - 2

Page 118 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO F.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Federal Government Agencies: Names and titles of Federal Government standards- or specification-developing agencies are often abbreviated. A list of abbreviations and acronyms referenced in the Contract Documents of standards- or specification-developing agencies of the Federal Government is available from the Architect upon request.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4200

REFERENCES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 4200 - 3

Page 119 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 120 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B.

Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following:

C.

D.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

(1)

Water service and distribution.

(2)

Sanitary facilities, including toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water facilities.

(3)

Electric power service.

(4)

Lighting.

(5)

Telephone service.

Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: (1)

Project identification and temporary signs.

(2)

Waste disposal facilities.

(3)

Storage and fabrication sheds.

(4)

Lifts and hoists.

(5)

Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of implementation and termination schedule and utility reports.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.

USE CHARGES A.

General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to City or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Amount. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following:

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 1

Page 121 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.4

City's construction forces.

(2)

Architect.

(3)

Testing agencies.

(4)

Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Water Service: Use water from City's existing water system with metering and with payment of use charges.

C.

Electric Power Service: Use electric power from City's existing system with metering and with payment of use charges.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

B. 1.5

(1)

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. (1)

Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions.

(2)

Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to City, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. (1)

B.

Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before City's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: (1)

Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat.

(2)

Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 2

Page 122 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

A.

General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

B.

Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting."

C.

Water: Potable.

EQUIPMENT A.

General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

B.

Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. (1)

Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure.

C.

Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

D.

Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper cup supply. (1)

Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F.

E.

Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light.

F.

Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.

Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B.

Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 3

Page 123 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A.

General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. (1)

Arrange with utility company, City, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

(2)

Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available, provide trucked-in services.

B.

Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use.

C.

Water Service: Use of City's existing water service facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to City. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.

D.

(1)

Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site.

(2)

Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans.

(3)

Provide pumps to supply a minimum of 30-psi static pressure at highest point. Equip pumps with surge and storage tanks and automatic controls to supply water uniformly at reasonable pressures.

Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. (1)

Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material.

(2)

Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy.

(3)

Wash Facilities: Install wash facilities supplied with potable water at convenient locations for personnel who handle materials that require wash up. Dispose of drainage properly. Supply cleaning compounds appropriate for each type of material handled. (a)

(4)

Provide safety showers, eyewash fountains, and similar facilities for convenience, safety, and sanitation of personnel.

Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 4

Page 124 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (a) E.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Where power is accessible, provide electric water coolers to maintain dispensed water temperature at 45 to 55 deg F.

Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. (1)

Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed.

F.

Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

G.

Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. (1)

Install electric power service underground, unless overhead service must be used.

(2)

Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage.

(3)

Connect temporary service to City's existing power source, as directed by electric company officials.

H.

Electric Power Service: Use of City's existing electric power service will be permitted, as long as equipment is maintained in a condition acceptable to City.

I.

Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment.

J.

(1)

Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

(2)

Provide metal conduit, tubing, or metallic cable for wiring exposed to possible damage. Provide rigid steel conduits for wiring exposed on grades, floors, decks, or other traffic areas.

(3)

Provide metal conduit enclosures or boxes for wiring devices.

Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 5

Page 125 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

(2)

Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per 500 sq. ft., uniformly distributed, for general lighting, or equivalent illumination.

(3)

Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet in traffic areas.

(4)

Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per story in stairways and ladder runs, located to illuminate each landing and flight.

(5)

Install exterior-yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations, traffic conditions, and signage visibility when the Work is being performed.

SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A.

B.

C.

General: Comply with the following: (1)

Locate storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access.

(2)

Provide incombustible construction for shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241.

(3)

Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to City.

Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Prepare Project identification and other signs in sizes indicated. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. (1)

Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics for Project identification signs. Comply with details indicated.

(2)

Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and visitors.

(3)

Construct signs of exterior-type Grade B-B high-density concrete form overlay plywood in sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel.

(4)

Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer.

Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 6

Page 126 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (1)

If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled, for each type of waste material to be deposited.

(2)

Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials. Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used to dispose of all waste materials.

D.

Clean temporary offices, first-aid stations, toilets, wash facilities, lunchrooms, and similar areas on a daily basis.

E.

Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site.

F.

3.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

Construct framing, sheathing, and siding using fire-retardant-treated lumber and plywood.

(2)

Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over exterior primer.

Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and personnel. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A.

Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons, firms or residences, near Project site.

B.

Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.

C.

Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights. (1)

D.

For safety barriers, sidewalk bridges, and similar uses, provide minimum 5/8-inchthick exterior plywood.

Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 7

Page 127 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.

(2)

Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials.

(3)

Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing, wood-framed construction.

(4)

Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials.

(5)

Where temporary wood or plywood enclosure exceeds 100 sq. ft. in area, use fireretardant-treated material for framing and main sheathing.

OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A.

Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B.

Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. (1)

Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

(2)

Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.

C.

Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D.

Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. (1)

Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor. City reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

(2)

Remove temporary paving not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent paving. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth of plant materials or

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 8

Page 128 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction. (3)

At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 5000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 5000 - 9

Page 129 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 130 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.

B.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout.

(3)

Divisions 2 through 32 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted.

DEFINITIONS A.

B.

Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. (1)

Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

(2)

New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed, unless explicitly stated otherwise. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

(3)

Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.

Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 1

Page 131 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

C.

Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.

D.

Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.

E.

Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner.

SUBMITTALS A.

Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. (1)

Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A form or equivalent form.

(2)

Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: (a)

Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided.

(b)

Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

(c)

Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

(d)

Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures.

(e)

Samples, where applicable or requested.

(f)

List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.

(g)

Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated.

(h)

Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 2

Page 132 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

(3)

B. 1.5

(i)

Detailed comparison of Contractor's Construction Schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating lack of availability or delays in delivery.

(j)

Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.

(k)

Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and is appropriate for applications indicated.

(l)

Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.

Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 10 days of receipt of request, or 5 days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. (a)

Form of Acceptance: Change Order.

(b)

Use product specified if Architect cannot make a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. (1)

Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

(2)

Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 3

Page 133 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

B. 1.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(3)

Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

(4)

Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.

(5)

Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.

(6)

Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.

(7)

Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.

(8)

Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.

(9)

Protect stored products from damage.

Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.

PRODUCT WARRANTIES A.

Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B.

Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.

C.

(1)

Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

(2)

Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed.

(3)

Refer to Divisions 2 through 32 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PRODUCT OPTIONS A.

General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 4

Page 134 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

B.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

(2)

Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

(3)

Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

(4)

Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

(5)

Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's.

(6)

Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products.

(7)

Where products are specified by name and accompanied by the term "or acceptable substitute," comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain acceptance for use of an unnamed product.

Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following: (1)

Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.

(2)

Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.

(3)

Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.

(4)

Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.

(5)

Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed or another product that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

(6)

Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies with requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 5

Page 135 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (7)

Product Options: Where Specification paragraphs titled "Product Options" indicate that size, profiles, and dimensional requirements on Drawings are based on a specific product or system, provide either the specific product or system indicated or a comparable product or system by another manufacturer. Comply with provisions in "Product Substitutions" Article.

(8)

Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis-of-Design Product" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. (a)

(9)

(10)

Substitutions may be considered, unless otherwise indicated.

Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. (a)

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents on "substitutions" for selection of a matching product.

Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements. (a)

Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.

(b)

Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A.

Timing: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 30 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect.

B.

Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 6

Page 136 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.

(2)

Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents.

(3)

Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results.

(4)

Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.

(5)

Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's Construction Schedule.

(6)

Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction.

(7)

Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.

(8)

Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.

(9)

Requested substitution provides specified warranty.

(10)

If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.

COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A.

Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product: (1)

Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

(2)

Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

(3)

Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.

(4)

List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.

(5)

Samples, if requested.

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 7

Page 137 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 6000 - 8

Page 138 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

B.

This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: (1)

General installation of products.

(2)

Coordination of Owner-installed products.

(3)

Progress cleaning.

(4)

Protection of installed construction.

(5)

Correction of the Work.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.

(3)

Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.

(4)

Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7000 - 1

Page 139 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (1) B.

C.

Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.

Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work. (1)

Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services.

(2)

Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. (1)

3.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: (a)

Description of the Work.

(b)

List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.

(c)

List of unacceptable installation tolerances.

(d)

Recommended corrections.

(2)

Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

(3)

Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

(4)

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

PREPARATION A.

Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B.

Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: (1)

Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7000 - 2

Page 140 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (2)

3.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Owner's written permission.

C.

Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

D.

Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

E.

Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. Submit requests on CSI Form 13.2A, "Request for Interpretation" or equivalent "Request for Information" form.

PROGRESS CLEANING A.

General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. (1)

Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

(2)

Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

(3)

Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

B.

Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C.

Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. (1)

Remove liquid spills promptly.

(2)

Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.

D.

Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E.

Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7000 - 3

Page 141 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO F.

Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G.

Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. (1)

3.4

3.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

H.

Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

I.

During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

J.

Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

K.

Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A.

Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B.

Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

CORRECTION OF THE WORK A.

Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." (1)

Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B.

Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C.

Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D.

Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.

E.

Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 01 7000

EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7000 - 4

Page 142 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 7329 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

1.3

1.4

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Selective Demolition" for demolition of selected portions of the building for alterations.

(2)

Divisions 2 through 32 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.

DEFINITIONS A.

Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.

B.

Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work.

SUBMITTALS A.

Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information: (1)

Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided.

(2)

Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements.

(3)

Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.

(4)

Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.

(5)

Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted.

CUTTING AND PATCHING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7329 - 1

Page 143 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (6)

1.5

Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.

B.

Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch the following elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

C.

(1)

Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.

(2)

Membranes and flashings.

(3)

Equipment supports.

(4)

Piping.

Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. (1)

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized, experienced, and specialized firm.

WARRANTY A.

Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

B.

Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. (1)

If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

CUTTING AND PATCHING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7329 - 2

Page 144 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

3.2

3.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. (1)

Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

(2)

Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION A.

Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.

B.

Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

C.

Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

D.

Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to minimize interruption of services to occupied areas.

PERFORMANCE A.

General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. (1)

B.

Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. (1)

In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

(2)

Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

(3)

Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

CUTTING AND PATCHING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7329 - 3

Page 145 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (4) C.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. (1)

Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation.

(2)

Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

(3)

Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. END OF SECTION 01 7329

CUTTING AND PATCHING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7329 - 4

Page 146 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

B.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: (1)

Inspection procedures.

(2)

Project Record Documents.

(3)

Operation and maintenance manuals.

(4)

Warranties.

(5)

Instruction of Owner's personnel.

(6)

Final cleaning.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting Final Completion construction photographs and negatives.

(3)

Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning of Project site.

(4)

Divisions 2 through 32 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for products of those Sections.

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A.

Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. (1)

Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.

(2)

Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.

(3)

Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7700 - 1

Page 147 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

B.

1.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(4)

Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

(5)

Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

(6)

Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

(7)

Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

(8)

Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.

(9)

Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.

Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. (1)

Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

(2)

Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.

FINAL COMPLETION A.

B.

Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: (1)

Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures."

(2)

Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

(3)

Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

(4)

Submit consent of surety document.

Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7700 - 2

Page 148 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. (1) 1.5

LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A.

1.6

Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. (1)

Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.

(2)

Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

(3)

Include the following information at the top of each page: (a)

Project name.

(b)

Date.

(c)

Name of Architect.

(d)

Name of Contractor.

(e)

Page number.

PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A.

General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.

B.

Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. (1)

Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. (a)

Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

(b)

Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7700 - 3

Page 149 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

C.

D.

E.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(c)

Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.

(d)

Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings.

(2)

Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.

(3)

Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

(4)

Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable.

(5)

Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.

Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. (1)

Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

(2)

Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.

(3)

Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data, where applicable.

Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data. (1)

Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.

(2)

Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation.

(3)

Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Record Specifications, where applicable.

Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7700 - 4

Page 150 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

WARRANTIES A.

Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.

B.

Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C.

Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.

D.

(1)

Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 81/2-by-11-inch paper.

(2)

Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

(3)

Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MATERIALS A.

Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

FINAL CLEANING A.

General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B.

Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. (1)

Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7700 - 5

Page 151 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

C.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(a)

Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

(b)

Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

(c)

Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, eventextured surface.

(d)

Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

(e)

Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.

(f)

Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

(g)

Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.

(h)

Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, visionobscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.

(i)

Remove labels that are not permanent.

(j)

Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01 7700

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

01 7700 - 6

Page 152 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

B.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

This Section includes the following: (1)

Demolition and removal of selected portions of a building or structure as indicated or otherwise required to allow for the completion of other work.

(2)

Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning in place utilities, where indicated.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

Division 1 Section "Summary" for use of the premises.

(2)

Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.

(3)

Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations.

DEFINITIONS A.

Dismantle: To disassemble or detach a historic item from a surface, or a non-historic item from a historic surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

B.

Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

C.

Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse.

D.

Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated.

E.

Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 1

Page 153 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.4

1.5

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A.

Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.

B.

Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to Owner.

SUBMITTALS A.

Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in Owner’s General Conditions to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

B.

Proposed Dust-Control and Noise-Control Measures: Submit statement or drawing that indicates the measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate.

C.

Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: (1)

Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.

(2)

Interruption of utility services.

(3)

Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.

(4)

Use of elevator and stairs.

(5)

Locations of temporary partitions and means of egress.

D.

Predemolition Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. Submit before Work begins.

E.

Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.

B.

Professional Engineer Qualifications: Comply with Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 2

Page 154 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

C.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

D.

Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.

E.

Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following: (1)

Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.

(2)

Review structural load limitations of existing structure.

(3)

Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

(4)

Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Owner assumes no responsibility for condition of areas to be selectively demolished. (1)

Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

B.

Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with removal and dismantling work.

C.

Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.

D.

Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

E.

Hazardous Materials: It is unknown whether hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. (1)

If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner, Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. (a)

In the case of asbestos, stop work in the area of potential hazard, shut off fans and other air handlers ventilating the area, and rope off area until the questionable material is identified. Reassign workers to continue work un unaffected areas. Resume work in the area of concern after safe working conditions are verified.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 3

Page 155 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

REPAIR MATERIALS A.

B.

Use repair materials identical to existing materials. (1)

If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used for exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

(2)

Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of existing materials.

Comply with material and installation requirements specified in individual Specification Sections.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL A.

3.2

Manage construction waste in accordance with provisions of Section 017419. Documentation shall be submitted to satisfy the requirements of that section.

EXAMINATION A.

Preparation for Removal and Dismantling: Examine construction to be removed or dismantled to determine best methods to safely and effectively perform removal and dismantling work. Examine adjacent work to determine what protective measures are necessary. Make explorations, probes, and inquiries as necessary to determine condition of construction to be removed or dismantled and location of utilities and services to remain that may be hidden by construction that is to be removed or dismantled.

B.

Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.

C.

Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

D.

Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged.

E.

When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.

F.

Engage a professional engineer to survey condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition operations.

G.

Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 4

Page 156 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.3

3.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

UTILITY SERVICES A.

Existing Utilities: Maintain services indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.

B.

Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities unless authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to authorities having jurisdiction.

C.

Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utilities serving areas to be selectively demolished. (1)

Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies.

(2)

If utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary utilities that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of service to other parts of building.

(3)

Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.

(4)

Refer to Division 22 through 28 Sections and mechanical and electrical drawings for additional requirements related to shutting off, disconnecting, removing, and sealing or capping utilities.

PREPARATION A.

B.

Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. (1)

Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, walkways, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.

(2)

Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railings, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction.

(3)

Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain.

(4)

Erect a plainly visible fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of trees to remain.

Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. (1)

Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 5

Page 157 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

C.

(2)

Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

(3)

Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.

(4)

Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.

Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of existing building and construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. (1)

D.

Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.

Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. (1)

3.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

POLLUTION CONTROLS A.

B.

Dust Control: Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental-protection regulations. (1)

Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding, and pollution.

(2)

Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dirt and wipe down walls and doors of demolition enclosure. Vacuum carpeted areas.

Disposal: Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. (1)

C.

Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 6

Page 158 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A.

Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: (1)

Perform removal and dismantling to the limits indicated.

(2)

Provide supports or reinforcement for existing construction that becomes temporarily weakened by removal and dismantling work, until the Project Work is completed unless otherwise indicated.

(3)

Perform cutting by hand or with small power tools whenever possible. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required, with minimum disturbance of adjacent work.

(4)

Do not operate air compressors inside building unless approved by Architect in each case.

(5)

Do not drill or cut columns, beams, joints, girders, structural slabs, or other structural supporting elements, without having Contractor’s professional engineer’s written approval for each location before such work is begun.

(6)

Dispose of removed and dismantled items off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.

(7)

Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.

(8)

Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

(9)

Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

(10)

Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

(11)

Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.

(12)

Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site.

(13)

Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 7

Page 159 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (14)

Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.

(15)

Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

(16)

Return elements of construction and surfaces that are to remain to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

B.

Existing Facilities: Comply with Owner's requirements for using and protecting elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during selective demolition operations.

C.

Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

D.

Water-Mist Sprinkling: Use water-mist sprinkling and other wet methods to control dust only with adequate, to ensure that such water does not create a hazard or adversely affect other building areas or materials.

E.

Steelwork: (1)

3.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Expose structural steel for examination by Architect and Contractor’s professional engineer before proceeding with removal of dismantling.

F.

Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals and using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts.

G.

Loose Plaster: Identify loose, non-historic plaster, and separate it from its substrate by tapping with a hammer and prying with a chisel or screwdriver. Do not use pry bars. Leave sound, firmly adhered plaster in place. Do not damage, remove, or dismantle historic plasterwork, except where indicated or where it is an immediate hazard to personnel and as approved by Architect.

H.

Concrete Floor Surface Removal: Remove floor surfaces, fill, and topping to the indicated lower elevations or cleavage planes as indicated on Drawings. Use dismantling methods when removing floor surfaces 12 inches or less away from historic walls. Take away material to a uniform surface at the indicated level.

I.

Anchorages: (1)

Remove anchorages associated with removed items.

(2)

Dismantle anchorages associated with dismantled items.

(3)

In non-historic surfaces, patch holes created by anchorage removal or dismantling according to the requirements for new work.

PATCHING AND REPAIRS

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 8

Page 160 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO A.

General: Promptly repair damage to adjacent construction caused by selective demolition operations.

B.

Repairs: Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. (1)

C. 3.8

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls that are to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied according to manufacturer's written recommendations.

Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing plaster ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance.

DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A.

General: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.

B.

Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C.

Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 02 4119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

02 4119 - 9

Page 161 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 162 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 03 3053 - MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Section, apply to this section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section specifies cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for noncritical applications of concrete and for projects using small quantities of concrete.

B.

Related Sections include the following: (1)

1.3

1.4

1.5

Division 32 Section "Excavation and Backfill for Minor Work” for excavation, backfill, underslab fill, compaction and grading under interior floor slabs-on-grade.

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product.

B.

Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.

B.

General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301.

C.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

D.

Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

CONCRETE, GENERAL A.

Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 1

Page 163 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

B. 2.2

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

"General Requirements."

(2)

"Formwork and Formwork Accessories."

(3)

"Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports."

(4)

"Concrete Mixtures."

(5)

"Handling, Placing, and Constructing."

Comply with ACI 117.

STEEL REINFORCEMENT A.

Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed.

B.

Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, as drawn.

C.

Plain-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets.

D.

Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet.

CONCRETE MATERIALS A.

Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer.

B.

Cementitious Materials: (1)

Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II.

(2)

Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.

C.

Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33/C 33M, 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size.

D.

Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M.

E.

Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.

F.

(1)

Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.

(2)

High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F.

Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M.

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 2

Page 164 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.4

FIBER REINFORCEMENT A.

2.5

2.6

Synthetic Micro-Fiber: Fibrillated] polypropylene micro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long.

RELATED MATERIALS A.

Vapor Retarder: Plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class A or B.

B.

Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick; or plastic sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C.

C.

Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork.

CURING MATERIALS A.

Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete.

B.

Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth or cotton mats.

C.

Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.

D.

Water: Potable.

E.

Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.

F.

Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. (1)

2.7

2.8

HCM Project No. 11575.000

VOC Content: 200 g/L or less.

CONCRETE MIXTURES A.

Comply with ACI 301.

B.

Normal-Weight Concrete: (1)

Minimum Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days, unless otherwise indicated.

(2)

Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.40.

(3)

Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.

(4)

Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent.

CONCRETE MIXING

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 3

Page 165 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO A.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. (1)

When air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.

(2)

Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

FORMWORK INSTALLATION A.

3.2

EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A.

3.3

Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.

Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION A.

Match original conditions. Where existing vapor retarder is extant, provide and install vapor retarder to match existing and as indicated herein.

B.

Install, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. (1)

3.4

STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A.

Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. (1)

3.5

Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive or joint tape.

Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete.

JOINTS A.

General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.

B.

Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect.

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 4

Page 166 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO C.

D.

Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-third of concrete thickness, using one of the methods as follows and as required to match existing: (1)

Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces.

(2)

Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks.

Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. (1)

3.6

3.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface unless otherwise indicated.

CONCRETE PLACEMENT A.

Comply with ACI 301 for placing concrete.

B.

Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301.

C.

Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement.

D.

Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301.

FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A.

General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.

B.

Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. (1)

Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations.

C.

Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes unless otherwise indicated.

D.

Float Finish: Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, fluid-applied or direct-to-deck-applied membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo.

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 5

Page 167 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.8

HCM Project No. 11575.000

E.

Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system.

F.

Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thinset methods. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom.

G.

Slip-Resistive Broom Finish: Apply a slip-resistive finish to surfaces indicated and to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route.

CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A.

General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing.

B.

Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.

C.

Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface.

D.

Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods: (1)

(2)

Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: (a)

Water.

(b)

Continuous water-fog spray.

(c)

Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.

Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape.

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 6

Page 168 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.9

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(3)

Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

(4)

Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.

FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A.

Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B.

Tests: Perform according to ACI 301. (1)

Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd., but less than 25 cu. yd., plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. or fraction thereof.

(2)

Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. END OF SECTION 03 3053

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

03 3053 - 7

Page 169 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 170 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 06 1053 - MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes the following: (1)

B.

1.3

Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking.

Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: (1)

Division 09 Section “Non-Structural Metal Framing” for construction to receive wood grounds, nailers and blocking to support other construction and accessories mounted to metal-framed partitions.

(2)

Division 10 Section “Toilet, Bath and Laundry Accessories” for items indicated to be mounted to metal-framed partitions.

(3)

Division 10 Section “Toilet Compartments” for toilet compartment hardware and accessories mounted to metal-framed partitions.

SUBMITTALS A.

General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections.

B.

Product Data for the following products: (1)

Metal framing anchors.

(2)

Construction adhesives.

C.

Material certificates for dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review.

D.

Wood treatment data as follows, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated materials: (1)

For each type of preservative-treated wood product, include certification by treating plant stating type of preservative solution and pressure process used, net amount of preservative retained, and compliance with applicable standards.

MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

06 1053 - 1

Page 171 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

(2)

1.4

1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

For waterborne-treated products, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels indicated before shipment to Project site.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Testing Agency Qualifications: To qualify for approval, an independent testing agency must demonstrate to Engineer's satisfaction, based on evaluation of agency-submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to satisfactorily conduct the testing indicated without delaying the Work.

B.

Single-Source Responsibility for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product from one source and by a single manufacturer.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Keep materials under cover and dry. Protect from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. (1)

Do not exceed load capacities of existing structures.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

LUMBER, GENERAL A.

Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review.

B.

Inspection Agencies: Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: (1)

WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.

(2)

WWPA - Western Wood Products Association.

C.

Grade Stamps: Provide lumber with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency evidencing compliance with grading rule requirements and identifying grading agency, grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill.

D.

Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. (1)

Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

(2)

Provide dry lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.

MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

06 1053 - 2

Page 172 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.2

MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A.

General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds, stripping, and similar members.

B.

Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimension lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown.

C.

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(1)

For toilet partition mounting hardware and grab bars: Minimum 2 by 6 solid blocking.

(2)

For toilet room accessories: Minimum 2 by 4 solid blocking.

(3)

Species and Grade: Construction or No. 2, Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA.

For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.

FASTENERS A.

General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. (1)

Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153 or of Type 304 stainless steel.

B.

Nails, Wire, Brads, and Staples: FS FF-N-105.

C.

Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.

D.

Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

E.

Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.

F.

Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.

Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

B.

Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted.

MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

06 1053 - 3

Page 173 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO C.

Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlate location of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of other construction.

D.

Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber and plywood.

E.

Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: (1)

3.2

3.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Table 2304.9.1 Fastening Schedule IBC-2000.

F.

Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Use finishing nails for finish work. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required.

G.

Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity.

H.

Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.

WOOD GROUNDS, NAILERS, BLOCKING, AND SLEEPERS A.

Install wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and sleepers where shown and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes shown and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.

B.

Attach to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. Build into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, anchor to formwork before concrete placement.

PROTECTION A.

Protect installed work from damage until covered with other work. END OF SECTION 06 1053

MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

06 1053 - 4

Page 174 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes joint sealers for the following locations: (1)

1.3

1.5

1.6

(a)

Joints between different materials.

(b)

Other joints as indicated.

SYSTEM PERFORMANCES A.

1.4

Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below.

Provide joint sealers that have been produced and installed to establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data from manufacturers for each joint sealer product required, including instructions for joint preparation and joint sealer application.

B.

Samples for Initial Selection Purposes: Manufacturer's standard bead samples consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view.

C.

Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealers attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Installer Qualifications: Engage an Installer who has successfully completed within the last 3 years at least 3 joint sealer applications similar in type and size to that of this Project.

B.

Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealer Materials: Obtain joint sealer materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels informing about manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.

JOINT SEALANTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

07 9200 - 1

Page 175 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

1.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturers' recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: (1)

When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealer manufacturer or below 40 deg F.

(2)

When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes.

B.

Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealer manufacturer for application indicated.

C.

Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

2.2

MATERIALS, GENERAL A.

Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B.

Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A.

Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated which complies with ASTM C 920 requirements, including those referenced for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses.

B.

Multi-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant for Use NT: Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, and complying with the following requirements for Uses: (1)

Uses NT, M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

C.

One-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant for Use NT: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and Uses NT, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, O.

D.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following for each type of joint: (1)

Multi-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant for Use NT: (a)

JOINT SEALANTS

"Vulkem 227"; Mameco.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

07 9200 - 2

Page 176 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

(2)

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(b)

"Dynatrol II"; Pecora Corp.

(c)

"Sikaflex-2c NS"; Sika Corp.

(d)

"Sonolastic NP2"; Sonneborne Bldg. Prod. Div.

(e)

"Dymeric"; Tremco Inc.

One-Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant for Use NT: (a)

"Vulkem 116"; Mameco.

(b)

"Dynatrol I"; Pecora Corp.

(c)

"Sikaflex-1a"; Sika Corp.

(d)

"Sikaflex-15LM"; Sika Corp.

(e)

"Sonolastic NP1"; Sonneborne Bldg. Prod. Div.

(f)

"Dymonic"; Tremco Inc.

JOINT SEALANT BACKING A.

General: Provide sealant backings of material and type which are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

B.

Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible, nongassing plastic foam of material indicated below; nonabsorbent to water and gas; and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

C.

(1)

Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoutgassing in unruptured state.

(2)

Proprietary, reticulated, closed-cell polymeric foam, nonoutgassing, with a density of 2.5 pcf and tensile strength of 35 psi per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.02 gms/cc per ASTM C 1083.

(3)

Either material indicated above.

Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

JOINT SEALANTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

07 9200 - 3

Page 177 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.

Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests and field tests.

B.

Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide nonstaining, chemical cleaners of type which are acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials, and which do not leave oily residues or otherwise have a detrimental effect on sealant adhesion or in-service performance.

C.

Masking Tape: Provide nonstaining, nonabsorbent type compatible with joint sealants and to surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

3.2

Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealers, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION A.

B.

Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: (1)

Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; old joint sealers; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellents; water; surface dirt; and frost.

(2)

Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air.

(3)

Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete.

Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealer-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

JOINT SEALANTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

07 9200 - 4

Page 178 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO C.

3.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALERS A.

General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply.

B.

Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated.

C.

Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: (1)

Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. (a)

Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers.

(b)

Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers.

(c)

Remove absorbent joint fillers which have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material.

(2)

Install bond breaker tape between sealants and joint fillers, compression seals, or back of joints where adhesion of sealant to surfaces at back of joints would result in sealant failure.

(3)

Install compressible seals serving as sealant backings to comply with requirements indicated above for joint fillers.

D.

Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability.

E.

Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. (1)

JOINT SEALANTS

Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 6A in ASTM C 962, unless otherwise indicated.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

07 9200 - 5

Page 179 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.4

Provide flush joint configuration per Figure 6B in ASTM C 962, where indicated.

(3)

Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of tooled joints.

Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur.

PROTECTION A.

3.6

(2)

CLEANING A.

3.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Protect joint sealers during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Final Acceptance. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work.

JOINT SEALER SCHEDULE A.

Multi-part or One-part Non Sag Urethane Sealant: Use in interior joints. END OF SECTION 07 9200

JOINT SEALANTS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

07 9200 - 6

Page 180 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 081213 - HOLLOW METAL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section includes hollow-metal frames.

B.

Related Requirements: 1.

1.3

Section 081213 "Flush Wood Doors" for wood doors installed in hollow-metal frames.

DEFINITIONS A.

1.4

Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or SDI A250.8. COORDINATION

A.

Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow-metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

B.

Product Data: For each type of product. 1.

C.

Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

D.

Include construction details, material descriptions and finishes.

Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. Details of each different wall opening condition. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. Details of conduit and preparations for power, signal, and control systems.

Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 1

Page 181 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

E.

Samples for Verification: Prepare Samples to demonstrate compliance with requirements for quality of materials and construction. Show profile, corner joint, floor and wall anchors, and silencers. Include separate section showing fixed hollow-metal panels and glazing if applicable.

F.

Schedule: Provide a schedule of hollow-metal work prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final Door Hardware Schedule.

1.5

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Product Test Reports: For each type of frame assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

B.

Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies.

1.6

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1.

Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory-finished units.

B.

Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions.

C.

Store hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each unit to permit air circulation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

1. CECO Door Products. 2. Curries Company. 3. Steelcraft.

B.

Source Limitations: Obtain hollow-metal work from single source from single manufacturer.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 2

Page 182 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A.

Fire-Rated Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1.

B.

2.3

Smoke- and Draft-Control Assemblies: Provide an assembly with gaskets listed and labeled for smoke and draft control by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105.

Fire-Rated, Borrowed-Lite Assemblies: Complying with NFPA 80 and listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire-protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 257 or UL 9. INTERIOR FRAMES

A.

Construct interior frames to comply with the standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified.

B.

Hollow-Metal Frames: NAAMM-HMMA 860. 1. 2. 3. 4.

C.

Jamb Anchors: 1.

2. 3. 4.

D.

Physical Performance: Level A according to SDI A250.4. Materials: Metallic-coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch (1.0 mm). Construction: Knocked down. Exposed Finish: Prime.

Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch thick. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location.

Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch and as follows: 1. 2.

Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 3

Page 183 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

MATERIALS A.

Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications.

B.

Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.

C.

Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.

D.

Frame Anchors: ASTM A 879/A 879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z (12G) coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1.

For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

E.

Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.

F.

Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow-metal frames of type indicated.

G.

Grout: ASTM C 476, except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.

H.

Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil (0.4-mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities.

2.5

FABRICATION A.

Fabricate hollow-metal work to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.

B.

Hollow-Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1.

2. 3.

Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 4

Page 184 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

4.

5.

Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottoms of jambs with at least four spot welds per anchor; however, for slip-on drywall frames, provide anchor clips or countersunk holes at bottoms of jambs. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a.

Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 16 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (o.c., to match coursing, and as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4)

b.

c. d.

7.

C.

Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. Five anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high.

Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each frame. Postinstalled Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c.

Head Anchors: Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. b.

8.

Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches high. Four anchors per jamb plus one additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 120 inches high.

Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c. and as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4)

6.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Single-Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. Double-Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers.

Terminated Stops: Terminate stops 6 inches above finish floor with a 90-degree angle cut, and close open end of stop with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in extension of frame with welded-steel filler plate, with welds ground smooth and flush with frame.

Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow-metal work to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. 2.

Reinforce frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted hardware. Comply with applicable requirements in SDI A250.6 and BHMA A156.115 for preparation of hollow-metal work for hardware.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 5

Page 185 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

D.

2.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites and louvers where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with mitered hairline joints. 1. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior frames. 2. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of hollow-metal work. 3. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glazing and installation types indicated. STEEL FINISHES

A.

Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. 1.

B.

Factory Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat, complying with SDI A250.3. 1.

2.7

Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free primer complying with SDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field-applied coatings despite prolonged exposure.

Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

ACCESSORIES A.

Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors.

B.

Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016 inch thick.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B.

Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations before frame installation.

C.

Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.

D.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 6

Page 186 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

PREPARATION A.

Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

B.

Drill and tap frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface-mounted hardware.

3.3

INSTALLATION A.

General: Install hollow-metal work plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

Hollow-Metal Frames: Install hollow-metal frames for doors, transoms, sidelites, borrowed lites, and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI A250.11 or NAAMMHMMA 840 as required by standards specified. 1.

Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. b.

c. d. e. f. g. 2.

Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a.

3. 4. 5. 6.

At fire-rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. Check plumb, square, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that will be filled with grout containing antifreezing agents.

Floor anchors may be set with power-actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings.

Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation inside frames. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with mineral-fiber insulation. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces.

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 7

Page 187 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

7. 8.

In-Place Metal or Wood-Stud Partitions: Secure slip-on drywall frames in place according to manufacturer's written instructions. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow-metal door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: a. b. c. d.

3.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor.

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.

Final Adjustments: Remove and replace defective work, including hollow-metal work that is warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.

B.

Remove grout and other bonding material from hollow-metal work immediately after installation.

C.

Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying, rust-inhibitive primer.

D.

Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections.

END OF SECTION 081213

HOLLOW METAL FRAMES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

081213 - 8

Page 188 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 08 2100 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

B.

Section Includes: (1)

Solid core doors with wood veneer faces.

(2)

Factory finishing wood doors.

(3)

Factory fitting wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware

(4)

Hollow metal door frames.

Related Sections: (1)

C.

1.3

Division 08 Sections "Door Hardware" for door hardware.

Standards and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. (1)

ANSI A208.1 - Particleboard.

(2)

ASTM E90-90 - Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions.

(3)

ASTM E 413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation.

(4)

Window and Door Manufacturers Association - WDMA I.S.1-A Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

(5)

Window and Door Manufacturers Association - WDMA I.S. 10 Industry Standard for Testing Cellulosic Composite Materials for Use in Fenestration Products.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of door indicated. Include details of core and edge construction, louvers, trim for openings, and WDMA I.S.1-A or AWS classifications. Include factory finishing specifications.

B.

Door hardware supplier is to furnish templates, template reference number and/or physical hardware to the wood door supplier in order to prepare the doors and frames to receive the finish hardware items.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 2100 - 1

Page 189 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO C.

D.

Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking; and other pertinent data. (1)

Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware.

(2)

Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts.

(3)

Indicate requirements for veneer matching.

(4)

Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements.

(5)

Indicate fire protection ratings for fire rated doors.

Samples for Initial Selection: For factory finished doors. (1)

1.4

1.5

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Factory finishes applied to actual door face materials, approximately 8 by 10 inches, for each material and finish. For each wood species and transparent finish, provide set of three samples showing typical range of color and grain to be expected in the finished work.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer wherever possible.

B.

Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with WDMA I.S.1-A, latest edition, "Industry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doors."

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

Package pre-finished doors individually in plastic bags or cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting.

C.

Mark each door on top rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weather tight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

DOOR CONSTRUCTION B GENERAL A.

WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Duty: Extra Heavy Duty; Premium Aesthetic Grade.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 2100 - 2

Page 190 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.2

CORE CONSTRUCTION A.

Particleboard Core Doors: (1)

Particleboard: Wood fiber based materials complying with ANSI A208.1 Particleboard standard. Grade LD-2.

(2)

Adhesive: Fully bonded construction using Polyurethane (PUR) glue.

(3)

Blocking: When through-bolted hardware is not used, provide wood blocking in particleboard core doors as follows: (a)

5-inch (125-mm) top-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have closers.

(b)

5-inch (125-mm) mid-rail blocking, in doors indicated to have exit devices. •

(4)

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Optional Cores for Blocking: Provide doors with either glued-wood-stave or structural-composite-lumber core instead of particleboard core for doors indicated to receive closers and exit devices.

Acceptable Manufacturers: (a)

Graham: PC, PC5

(b)

Marshfield: DPC

(c)

VT Industries: 02

VENEERED DOORS FOR STAINED FINISH A.

Interior Solid Core Doors: (1)

Grade and Faces: Face grades as note below; veneer minimum 1/50-inch (0.5mm) thickness at moisture content of 12% or less. (a)

(2)

Match between Veneer Leaves: (a)

(3)

Slip Match.

Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: (a)

(4)

Plain sliced Red Oak, A grade faces.

Slip Match.

Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening or separated only by mullions.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 2100 - 3

Page 191 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(5)

Room Match: Match door faces within each separate room or area of building. Corridor door faces do not need to match where they are separated by 10 feet or more.

(6)

Vertical Edges: Matching same species as faces. Wood or composite material, one piece, laminated, or veneered. Minimum requirements per WDMA section P-1, Performance Standards for Architectural Wood Flush Doors.

(7)

Horizontal Edges: Solid wood or structural composite material meeting the minimum requirements per WDMA section P-1, Performance Standards for Architectural Wood Flush Doors

(8)

Construction: Five plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core, then entire unit sanded before applying face veneers.

(9)

At doors over 40% of the face cut-out for lights and or louvers, furnish engineered composite lumber core.

FACTORY FINISHING A.

General: Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. (1)

B.

Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises.

Stained Finish: Provide a clear protective coating over the wood veneer allowing the natural color and grain of the selected wood species to provide the appearance specified. Stain is applied to the wood surface underneath the transparent finish to add color and design flexibility. (1)

Grade: Premium.

(2)

Finish: Meet or exceed WDMA I.S. 1A TR6 Catalyzed Polyurethane finish performance requirements.

(3)

Staining: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

(4)

Sheen: Satin.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine doors and installed door frames before hanging doors. (1)

Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs.

(2)

Reject doors with defects.

FLUSH WOOD DOORS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 2100 - 4

Page 192 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B. 3.2

3.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

INSTALLATION A.

Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware."

B.

Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard, and as indicated.

C.

Factory Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.

D.

Factory Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site.

ADJUSTING A.

Operation: Re-hang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.

B.

Finished Doors: Replace doors that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08 2100

FLUSH WOOD DOORS

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 2100 - 5

Page 193 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 194 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

SUMMARY A.

Definition: "Door Hardware" includes items known commercially as finish hardware which are required for swing, sliding and folding doors, except special types of unique and non-matching hardware specified in the same section as the door and door frame.

B.

Extent of door hardware required is indicated on drawings and in schedules.

C.

Types of door hardware required include the following:

D.

(1)

Hinges.

(2)

Lock cylinders and keys.

(3)

Closers.

(4)

Thresholds.

(5)

Miscellaneous door control devices and trim units, i.e. door stops, silencers, etc.

Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: (1)

1.3

Division 8 Section "Flush Wood Doors" for factory prefitting and factory premachining of doors for door hardware.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements.

B.

Supplier: A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who has been furnishing hardware in the project's vicinity for a period of not less than 5 years, and who is, or who employs an experienced Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC), who is available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about project's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. (1)

DOOR HARDWARE

Require supplier to meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and to obtain final instructions in writing.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 1

Page 195 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of hardware in accordance with Division-1 section "Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples". Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and finishes. Schedule format to comply with DHI document "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."

B.

Hardware Schedule: Submit final hardware schedule in manner indicated below. Coordinate hardware with doors, frames and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function and finish of hardware. (1)

C.

Final Hardware Schedule Content: Based on finish hardware indicated, organize hardware schedule into "hardware sets" indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following information: (a)

Catalogue cuts.

(b)

Type, style, function, size and finish of each hardware item.

(c)

Name and manufacturer of each item.

(d)

Fastenings and other pertinent information.

(e)

Location of hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule, if any.

(f)

Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc. contained in schedule.

(g)

Mounting locations for hardware.

(h)

Door and frame sizes and materials.

(2)

Submittal Sequence: Submit schedule at earliest possible date particularly where acceptance of hardware schedule must precede fabrication of other work (e.g., hollow metal frames) which is critical in the project construction schedule. Include with schedule the product data, samples, shop drawings of other work affected by finish hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of hardware schedule.

(3)

Keying Schedule: Submit separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owner's final instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. Keying schedule format to comply with DHI manual "Keying Procedures, Systems and Nomenclature."

Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory-prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request, check shop drawings of such other work, to confirm that adequate provisions are made for proper location and installation of hardware.

DOOR HARDWARE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 2

Page 196 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.5

WARRANTY A.

1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Provide five year warranty on all closers.

PRODUCT HANDLING A.

Deliver hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site) for installation.

B.

Provide security for hardware delivered to the project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SCHEDULED HARDWARE A.

Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of finish hardware is indicated in the Hardware Schedule at the end of this section. Products are identified by using hardware designation numbers of the following: (1)

Manufacturer's Product Designations: One or more manufacturers are listed for each hardware type required. An asterisk (*) after a manufacturer's name indicates whose product designation is used in the Hardware Schedule for purposes of establishing minimum requirements. Provide either the product designated, or, where more than one manufacturer is listed, the comparable product of one of the other manufacturers which comply with requirements including those specified elsewhere in this section.

(2)

ANSI/BHMA designations used elsewhere in this section or in schedules to describe hardware items or to define quality or function are derived from the following standards. Provide products complying with these standards and requirements specified elsewhere in this section.

DOOR HARDWARE

(a)

Butts and Hinges: ANSI A156.1

(b)

Locks and Lock Trim: ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1.

(c)

Door Controls - Closers: ANSI A156.4

(d)

Auxiliary Locks: ANSI A156.5

(e)

Template Hinge Dimensions: ANSI A156.7

(f)

Auxiliary Hardware: ANSI A156.16

(g)

Materials & Finishes: ANSI A156.18

(h)

Door Controls - Overhead Holders: ANSI A156.8

(i)

Closer Holder Release Devices: ANSI A156.15

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 3

Page 197 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.2

MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A.

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

General: (1)

Hand of door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown.

(2)

Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper and hardness, but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A156 series standard for each type hardware item and with ANSI A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated, except as otherwise specified.

(3)

Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do not provide hardware which has been prepared for self-tapping sheet metal screws, except as specifically indicated.

(4)

Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat-head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finish of such other work as closely as possible, including "prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish.

(5)

Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use through-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work, except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases, provide closed-head sex bolt fasteners.

(6)

Tools and Maintenance Instructions for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of finish hardware.

HINGES, BUTTS AND PIVOTS A.

Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely (both leaves) into wood doors and frames, provide only template- produced units.

B.

Screws: Furnish Phillips flat-head or machine screws for installation of units, except furnish Phillips flat-head or wood screws for installation of units into wood. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.

C.

Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hinge pins as follows: (1)

Steel Hinges: Steel pins.

(2)

Non-ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins.

DOOR HARDWARE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 4

Page 198 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.4

(3)

Interior Doors: Non-rising pins.

(4)

Tips: Button tip.

(5)

Number of hinges: Provide not less than 3 hinges for door leaf for doors 90" or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30" of additional height.

LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYING A.

General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in writing.

B.

Except as otherwise indicated, provide new masterkey system for Project.

C.

Review the keying system with the Owner.

D.

Equip locks with manufacturer's standard 6-pin cylinders. Furnish cylinders construction master keyed for the construction period.

E.

Metals: Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver.

F.

Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change key for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. (1)

2.5

2.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Permanently inscribe each key with number or lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer key symbol, and notation "DO NOT DUPLICATE".

G.

Key Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only.

H.

Key Quantity: Refer to door schedule for keying quantities.

LOCKS, LATCHES AND BOLTS A.

Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt, with curved lip extended to protect frame, finished to match hardware set.

B.

Lock Throw: Provide 3/4" minimum throw of latch bolts and deadbolts used on all doors. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings.

CLOSERS AND DOOR CONTROL DEVICES A.

Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, exposure to weather and anticipated frequency of use. (1)

Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger than recommended for use with standard arms.

(2)

Provide heavy duty parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated.

DOOR HARDWARE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 5

Page 199 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (3)

2.7

Provide drop plates as required.

B.

Provide cast iron or cast aluminum units with full cover and sprayed aluminum finish, factory applied.

C.

Provide grey or black resilient parts for exposed bumpers.

D.

Provide fully adjustable closers complying with American's with Disabilities Act requirements regarding operating force and delayed closing, and ANSI A117.1.

E.

Provide through bolts for all closers mounted on wood doors.

THRESHOLDS A.

2.8

HCM Project No. 11575.000

General: Except as otherwise indicated provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size and profile as shown or scheduled.

HARDWARE FINISHES A.

Provide matching finishes for hardware units at each door or opening, to the greatest extent possible, and except as otherwise indicated. Reduce differences in color and textures as much as commercially possible where the base metal or metal forming process is different for individual units of hardware exposed at the same door or opening. In general, match items to the manufacturer's standard finish for the latch and lock set (or push-pull units if no latch-lock sets) for color and texture.

B.

Provide finishes which match those established by BHMA or, if none established, match the Architect's sample. (1)

Hardware Finish: ANSI 626/US26D - Satin Chromium Plated.

C.

Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified for the applicable units of hardware by referenced standards.

D.

The designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the industry-recognized standard commercial finishes, except as otherwise noted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Mount Hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by Architect.

B.

Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work

DOOR HARDWARE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 6

Page 200 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

specified in the Division-9 sections. Do not install surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate.

3.2

3.3

C.

Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation.

D.

Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards.

E.

Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant.

ADJUST AND CLEAN A.

Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made.

B.

Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation.

C.

Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment.

FINISH HARDWARE SCHEDULE A.

B.

Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following for each type of hardware devices indicated: (1)

Hinges: Ives, Stanley, Hager, Bommer, McKinney.

(2)

Privacy Set: Schlage.

(3)

Closers: Norton ASSA ABLOY 8301-Regular Arm, Slimcover.

(4)

Threshold: Schluter.

(4)

Misc. Door Trim: Trimco/BBW, Glynn-Johnson, Hager, Ives, Quality, DCI.

Items indicated in "Hardware Schedule" are based on manufacturer indicated with a *. Equivalent items by other manufacturers are acceptable as indicated, except where no substitutes are indicated. (1)

C.

Furnish all items in 626/US26D unless noted. Weatherstripping shall be clear anodized aluminum finish.

In addition to the hardware items indicated in the schedule, provide all necessary hardware items and accessories for complete, properly functioning door installation. Closers are not required except where indicated in the schedule.

DOOR HARDWARE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 7

Page 201 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

D.

Hardware sets indicate quantity, item, ANSI designation or manufacturer and product designation, and size.

E.

Legend: Manufacturers indicated in hardware sets are designated by the following abbreviations: (AR) (DE) (Don) (HA) (IVE) (NO) (PE) (RE) (SA) (SC) (SCH) (TR)

ARROW Deltana Don-Jo Hager Ives Norton Pemko Rejuvenation Sargent Schluter Schlage Trimco

HARDWARE SCHEDULE

GROUP NO. ONE DOORS 101 and 102 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 3 EA. HINGES 1 EA. CLOSER 1 EA. THRESHOLD 1 EA. PUSH PLATE 1 EA. PULL PLATE

(IVE) 5BB1 4.5" x 4.5" (NO) 8301- Regular Arm, Slim Cover (SC) RENO - TK (HA) 80S US26 (HA) 86N 3.5" x 15" US26

DOORS 103 EACH DOOR TO HAVE: 3 EA. HINGES 1 EA. CLOSER 1 EA. THRESHOLD 1 EA. PRIVACY SET

(IVE) (NO) (SC) (SCH)

5BB1 4.5" x 4.5" 8301- Regular Arm, Slim Cover RENO - TK ND40S R40

END OF SECTION 08 7100

DOOR HARDWARE

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

08 7100 - 8

Page 202 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 092216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1.

1.3

Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions.

SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product. 1.

Studs and Runners: Provide documentation that framing members' certification is according to SIFA's "Code Compliance Certification Program for Cold-Formed Steel Structural and Non-Structural Framing Members."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

FRAMING SYSTEMS A.

B.

Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1.

Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C 645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated.

2.

Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated.

Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use either steel studs and runners. 1.

2.2

Steel Studs and Runners: a.

Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As required by performance requirements for horizontal deflection 0.0179 inch.

b.

Depth: As indicated on Drawings 3-5/8 inches.

SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A.

Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1.

Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. a.

Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch.

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2216 - 1

Page 203 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO b. 2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Depth: 2-1/2 inches.

AUXILIARY MATERIALS A.

General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. 1.

Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

2.

Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.

3.

Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow-metal frames, cast-in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2

INSTALLATION, GENERAL A.

Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1.

Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that apply to framing installation.

2.

Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation.

B.

Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened.

C.

Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.

D.

Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.

E.

Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently.

3.3

INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A.

Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2216 - 2

Page 204 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

1.

Single-Layer Application: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

2.

Tile Backing Panels: 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

C.

Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.

D.

Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1.

Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies.

2.

Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

3.

E.

a.

Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.

b.

Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly.

c.

Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure.

Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads.

Direct Furring: 1.

Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. END OF SECTION 09 2216

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2216 - 3

Page 205 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 206 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

B.

1.3

Section Includes: 1.

Interior gypsum board.

2.

Tile backing panels.

Related Requirements: 1.

Section 092216 "Non-Structural Metal Framing" for non-structural steel framing and suspension systems that support gypsum board panels.

2.

Section 093013 "Ceramic Tiling" for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile.

SUBMITTALS A.

1.4

Product Data: For each type of product. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A.

1.5

Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. FIELD CONDITIONS

A.

Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent.

B.

Do not install paper-faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned.

C.

Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1.

Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2.

Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.

GYPSUM BOARD

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2900 - 1

Page 207 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A.

2.2

Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD

A.

B.

C.

D.

2.3

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1.

American Gypsum.

2.

CertainTeed Corp.

3.

Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC.

4.

Lafarge North America Inc.

5.

National Gypsum Company.

6.

PABCO Gypsum.

7.

Temple-Inland.

8.

USG Corporation.

Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1.

Thickness: 5/8 inch.

2.

Long Edges: Tapered.

Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1.

Thickness: ½ inch.

2.

Long Edges: Tapered.

Glass-Mat Water Resistant Faced Panels: ASTM C 1658/C 1658M with manufacturer’s standard edges. 1.

Thickness: 5/8 inch.

2.

Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10.

TRIM ACCESSORIES A.

Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047.

GYPSUM BOARD

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2900 - 2

Page 208 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

1.

Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet or rolled zinc.

2.

Shapes: a.

Cornerbead.

b.

Bullnose bead.

c.

LC-Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.

d.

L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound.

e.

U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound.

f.

Expansion (control) joint.

g.

Curved-Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges.

JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A.

General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M.

B.

Joint Tape: 1.

C. 2.5

Interior Gypsum Board: Paper.

Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A.

Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 1.

Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick.

2.

For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow-metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B.

Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.

C.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

GYPSUM BOARD

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2900 - 3

Page 209 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A.

Comply with ASTM C 840.

B.

Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.

C.

Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place.

D.

Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back-blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings.

E.

Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels.

F.

Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1.

Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area.

2.

Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits.

3.

Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant.

G.

Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant.

H.

Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first.

I.

Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.

3.3

APPLYING INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A.

B.

Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1.

Wallboard Type: As indicated on Drawings.

2.

Glass-Mat Interior Type: At new partitions to receive tile.

Single-Layer Application:

GYPSUM BOARD

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2900 - 4

Page 210 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.

2. 3.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a.

Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels.

b.

At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated assembly.

Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws.

APPLYING TILE BACKING PANELS A.

Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panels: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations.

B.

Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces.

3.5

INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A.

General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B.

Control Joints: Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.

C.

Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1.

3.6

Cornerbead: Use at outside corners.

FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A.

General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.

B.

Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas.

C.

Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape.

D.

Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1.

Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile.

GYPSUM BOARD

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2900 - 5

Page 211 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.

Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a.

E. 3.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099100 "Painting."

Glass-Mat Faced Panels: Finish with latex modified dry set mortar specified in Division 9 Section “Ceramic Tile” and as required by manufacturer’s written instructions. PROTECTION

A.

Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application.

B.

Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period.

C.

Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1.

Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape.

2.

Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 2900

GYPSUM BOARD

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 2900 - 6

Page 212 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 09 3013 - CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

B.

1.3

Section Includes: 1.

Porcelain tile.

2.

Glazed wall tile.

3.

Crack isolation membrane.

4.

Metal edge strips.

Related Requirements: 1.

Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces.

2.

Section 093023 "Glass Tiling."

3.

Section 093500 "Chemical-Resistant Tiling."

DEFINITIONS A.

General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.

B.

Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.

C.

Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces.

C.

Samples for Initial Selection: For grout, and accessories involving color selection.

D.

Samples for Verification:

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 1

Page 213 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

1.

Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required.

2.

Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.6

Qualification Data: For Installer. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A.

1.7

Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.

Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.

2.

Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages.

B.

Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.

C.

Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided.

D.

Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.

1.8

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile from single source or producer. 1.

B.

Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.

Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer.

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 2

Page 214 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

C.

1.

Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer.

2.

Obtain crack isolation membrane, except for sheet products, from manufacturer of setting and grouting materials.

Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer: 1.

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Metal edge and transition strips.

PRODUCTS, GENERAL A.

ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1.

Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements.

B.

ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.

C.

Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.

2.3

TILE PRODUCTS A.

Ceramic Tile Type: Unglazed porcelain tile. 1.

B.

Provide tile as indicated on drawings or equal from the following: a.

Dal Tile.

b.

American Olean.

2.

Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency.

3.

Thickness: 3/8 inch.

4.

Face: Plain with square edges.

5.

Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: .61 wet / .84 dry.

6.

Tile Color, Glaze, and Pattern: As indicated on drawings.

7.

Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

Ceramic Tile Type: Glazed wall tile.

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 3

Page 215 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.

2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Provide tile indicated on drawings or equal from the following: a.

Dal Tile

b.

American Olean.

2.

Module Size: 4” x 16”.

3.

Thickness: 5/16 inch.

4.

Face: Plain with modified square edges.

5.

Finish: Matte, opaque glaze.

6.

Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings.

7.

Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE A.

General: Manufacturer's standard product, selected from the following, that complies with ANSI A118.12 for standard performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.

B.

Fabric-Reinforced, Modified-Bituminous Sheet: Self-adhering, modified-bituminous sheet with fabric reinforcement facing; 0.040-inch nominal thickness.

C.

Latex-Portland Cement Crack-Resistant Mortar: Flexible mortar consisting of cement-based mix and latex additive.

2.5

SETTING MATERIALS A.

Standard Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4. 1.

2.6

For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.1.

GROUT MATERIALS A.

2.7

Standard Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A.

Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.

B.

Metal Edge Strips: Height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic, designed specifically for tile applications. 1.

Schluter-SCHIENE (AE) at exposed horizontal edge.

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 4

Page 216 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.

Schluter-QUADEC (AE) at outside corners.

3.

Schluter-DILEX (AE) with corner pieces for QUADEC.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

C.

Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.

D.

Floor Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout.

2.8

MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A.

Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions.

B.

Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.

C.

Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1.

Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.

2.

Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a.

Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified.

b.

Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding.

3.

Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed.

4.

Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 5

Page 217 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B. 3.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION

A.

Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tilesetting material manufacturer.

B.

Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains.

C.

Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing.

3.3

CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A.

Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1.

For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a.

Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger.

B.

Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

C.

Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

D.

Provide specified metal edge strips where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges.

E.

Jointing Pattern: Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated.

F.

Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths:

G.

1.

Glazed Wall Tile: 1/16 inch.

2.

Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch.

Lay out tile wainscots to full tile dimensions indicated.

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 6

Page 218 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO H.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1.

Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them.

I.

Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated and where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring. Align threshold below centerline of door.

J.

Floor Sealer: Apply floor sealer to grout joints in tile floors according to floor-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as floor sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.

3.4

CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A.

Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate.

B.

Allow crack isolation membrane to cure before installing tile or setting materials over it.

3.5

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.

Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B.

Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter.

3.6

1.

Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible.

2.

Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning.

PROTECTION A.

Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors.

B.

Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed.

C.

Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces.

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 7

Page 219 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

INTERIOR CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A.

Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: 1.

Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W245; thinset mortar on glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backerboard. a.

Ceramic Tile Type: Emser Tile.

b.

Thinset Mortar: Modified dry-set mortar.

c.

Grout: Standard cement grout: ANSI A118.6.

END OF SECTION 09 3013

CERAMIC TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3013 - 8

Page 220 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 09 3023 - GLASS TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

Section Includes: 1.

B.

Related Requirements: 1.

1.3

Glass tile.

Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" and 09 3013 “Ceramic Tiling” for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces.

DEFINITIONS A.

General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.2 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified.

B.

ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile."

C.

Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated.

D.

Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product.

B.

Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces.

C.

Samples for Initial Selection: For grout and accessories involving color selection.

D.

Samples for Verification: 1.

Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. For glass mosaic tile in color blend patterns, provide full sheets of each color blend.

GLASS TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3023 - 1

Page 221 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

1.6

Qualification Data: For Installer. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A.

1.7

Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1.

Tile Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated.

2.

Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Installer Qualifications: 1.

1.8

Installer is a five-star member of the National Tile Contractors Association or a Trowel of Excellence member of the Tile Contractors' Association of America.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.2 for labeling tile packages.

B.

Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.

C.

Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided.

D.

Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing.

1.9

FIELD CONDITIONS A.

Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile from single source or producer. 1.

Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area.

GLASS TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3023 - 2

Page 222 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 1.

2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer.

PRODUCTS, GENERAL A.

ANSI Glass Tile Standard: Provide glass tile that complies with ANSI A137.2 for types and other characteristics indicated. 1.

Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements.

B.

ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified.

C.

Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples.

D.

Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated.

2.3

TILE PRODUCTS A.

Glass Tile Type: Factory-mounted mosaic glass tile. 1.

2.4

Provide tile indicated on drawings or equal from the following: a.

Dal Tile.

b.

Marazzi.

c.

American Olean.

2.

Module Size: 12 by 12 inches.

3.

Tile Color and Pattern: As indicated on drawings.

4.

Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

SETTING MATERIALS A.

Standard Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.1; white, unless otherwise indicated. 1.

For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4.

GLASS TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3023 - 3

Page 223 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

GROUT MATERIALS A.

Standard Unsanded Cement Grout: For glass mosaic tile.

B.

Water-Cleanable Epoxy Grout: ANSI A118.3, with a VOC content of 65 g/L.

2.6

MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A.

Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile-setting materials for installations indicated.

B.

Metal Edge Strips: Height to match tile and setting-bed thickness. 1.

Schluter-SCHIENE (AE) at exposed horizontal edge.

C.

Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers.

D.

Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout.

2.7

MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A.

Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions.

B.

Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions.

C.

Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1.

Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated.

2.

Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed.

GLASS TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3023 - 4

Page 224 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3. B. 3.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION

A.

3.3

Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. GLASS TILE INSTALLATION

A.

Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used.

B.

Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments.

C.

Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.

D.

Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1.

E.

For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work.

Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1.

Mosaic Glass Tile: 1/16 inch.

F.

Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated.

G.

Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints according to grout-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth.

GLASS TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3023 - 5

Page 225 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

CLEANING AND PROTECTING A.

Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1.

Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible.

2.

Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning.

3.

Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer and that is acceptable to tile and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent drain clogging.

B.

Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls.

C.

Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces.

3.5

INTERIOR GLASS TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A.

Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: 1.

Glass Tile Installation: TCNA W245; thinset mortar on glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backerboard. a.

Porcelain Mosaic Accent: Crossville.

b.

Thinset Mortar: Modified dry-set mortar.

c.

Grout: Standard cement grout: ANSI A118.6.

END OF SECTION 09 3023

GLASS TILING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 3023 - 6

Page 226 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 09 6513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

Section Includes: (1)

1.3

1.4

1.5

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B.

Samples for Verification: For each type of product indicated, in manufacturer's standard-size Samples but not less than 12 inches long, of each resilient product color, texture, and pattern required.

C.

Product Schedule: For resilient products.

MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A.

Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

B.

Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 648 or NFPA 253 by a qualified testing agency. (1)

1.6

Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

1.7

Resilient base.

Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following time periods:

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 6513 - 1

Page 227 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (1)

48 hours before installation.

(2)

During installation.

(3)

48 hours after installation.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

B.

Until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F.

C.

Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

RESILIENT BASE A.

Resilient Base: (1)

B.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: (a)

Armstrong World Industries, Inc.

(b)

Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc.

(c)

Johnsonite.

(d)

Roppe Corporation, USA.

Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861. (1)

Material Requirement: Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset).

(2)

Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous) .

(3)

Style: Cove (base with toe).

C.

Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch (3.2 mm).

D.

Height: 4 inches.

E.

Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length.

F.

Outside Corners: Job formed.

G.

Inside Corners: Job formed.

H.

Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

I.

Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors.

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 6513 - 2

Page 228 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.2

RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY A.

Resilient Molding Accessory: (1)

2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: (a)

Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc.

(b)

Johnsonite.

(c)

Roppe Corporation, USA.

B.

Description: Transition strips.

C.

Material: Rubber.

D.

Profile and Dimensions: As indicated.

E.

Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors.

INSTALLATION MATERIALS A.

Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated.

B.

Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated.

C.

Stair-Tread-Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.

D.

Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edges of tiles, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

3.2

EXAMINATION A.

Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B.

Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products.

C.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

PREPARATION

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 6513 - 3

Page 229 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

A.

Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products.

B.

Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

C.

Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. (1)

D. 3.3

3.4

3.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation.

Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation.

RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A.

Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base.

B.

Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required.

C.

Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned.

D.

Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates.

E.

Do not stretch resilient base during installation.

F.

On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material.

G.

Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces.

H.

Job-Formed Corners: (1)

Outside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible. Form without producing discoloration (whitening) at bends.

(2)

Inside Corners: Use straight pieces of maximum lengths possible.

RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A.

Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories.

B.

Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of [carpet] [resilient floor covering] that would otherwise be exposed.

CLEANING AND PROTECTION

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 6513 - 4

Page 230 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

A.

Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products.

B.

Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: (1)

Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces.

(2)

Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly.

(3)

Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.

C.

Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period.

D.

Cover resilient products until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 09 6513

RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 6513 - 5

Page 231 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 232 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 096516 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A.

1.2 A. 1.3

RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section includes vinyl sheet flooring. ACTION SUBMITTALS

A.

Product Data: For each type of product.

B.

Shop Drawings: For each type of flooring. Include flooring layouts, locations of seams, edges, columns, doorways, enclosing partitions, built-in furniture, cabinets, and cutouts. 1.

C.

Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified in manufacturer's standard size, but not less than 6-by-9-inch sections. 1.

1.4 A.

1.5 A.

Show details of special patterns.

For heat-welding bead, manufacturer's standard-size Samples, but not less than 9 inches long, of each color required.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Maintenance Data: For each type of resilient sheet flooring to include in maintenance manuals. QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project who are competent in techniques required by manufacturer for resilient sheet flooring installation and seaming method indicated.

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

096516 - 1 Page 233 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.6 A.

1.7 A.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Store resilient sheet flooring and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store rolls upright. FIELD CONDITIONS Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 85 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient sheet flooring during the following time periods: 1. 2. 3.

48 hours before installation. During installation. 48 hours after installation.

B.

After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F.

C.

Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after resilient sheet flooring installation.

D.

Install resilient sheet flooring after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

VINYL SHEET FLOORING WITH BACKING

A.

Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on drawings.

B.

Product Standard: ASTM F 1303. 1. 2. 3.

Type (Binder Content): Type I, minimum binder content of 90 percent. Wear-Layer Thickness: Grade 1. Overall Thickness: As standard with manufacturer.

C.

Sheet Width: As standard with manufacturer.

D.

Seamless-Installation Method: Heat welded.

E.

Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of manufacturer's colors.

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

096516 - 2 Page 234 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.2

HCM Project No. 11575.000

INSTALLATION MATERIALS

A.

Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex-modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic-cement-based formulation provided or approved by resilient sheet flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.

B.

Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by flooring and adhesive manufacturers to suit resilient sheet flooring and substrate conditions indicated. 1.

Adhesives shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A.

EXAMINATION Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1.

B. 3.2

Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient sheet flooring.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. PREPARATION

A.

Prepare substrates according to resilient sheet flooring manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient sheet flooring.

B.

Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. 2.

3. 4.

Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by resilient sheet flooring manufacturer. Do not use solvents. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by resilient sheet flooring manufacturer. Moisture Testing: Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing according to resilient sheet flooring manufacturer's written recommendations, but not less stringent than the following: a.

Perform relative humidity test using in situ probes according to ASTM F 2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level.

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

096516 - 3 Page 235 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

C.

Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate.

D.

Do not install resilient sheet flooring until it is the same temperature as the space where it is to be installed. 1.

E.

3.3

At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move flooring and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed.

Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient sheet flooring. RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING INSTALLATION

A.

Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient sheet flooring.

B.

Unroll resilient sheet flooring and allow it to stabilize before cutting and fitting.

C.

Lay out resilient sheet flooring as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Maintain uniformity of flooring direction. Minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low-traffic areas, at least 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. Match edges of flooring for color shading at seams. Avoid cross seams.

D.

Scribe and cut resilient sheet flooring to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built-in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, and door frames.

E.

Extend resilient sheet flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.

F.

Install resilient sheet flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in installation areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern between pieces of flooring installed on covers and adjoining flooring. Tightly adhere flooring edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters.

G.

Adhere resilient sheet flooring to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections.

3.4 A.

CLEANING AND PROTECTION Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient sheet flooring.

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

096516 - 4 Page 236 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient sheet flooring installation: 1. 2. 3.

Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil.

C.

Protect resilient sheet flooring from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period.

D.

Cover resilient sheet flooring until Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 096516

RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

096516 - 5 Page 237 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 238 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 09 9100 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

SUMMARY A.

This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior items and surfaces. (1)

B.

Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in schedules, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available. (1)

C.

Painting includes field-painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment.

Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. (1)

(2)

PAINTING

Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop-priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections.

Prefinished items not to be painted include the following factory-finished components: (a)

Acoustic materials.

(b)

Finished mechanical and electrical equipment (grey primer is not considered finished).

(c)

Light fixtures.

(d)

Switchgear.

(e)

Prefinished louvers.

(f)

Sealed MDF

Concealed surfaces not to be painted include wall or ceiling surfaces in the following generally inaccessible areas: (a)

Furred areas.

(b)

Pipe spaces.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 1

Page 239 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (3)

(4)

(5)

D.

1.4

Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: (a)

Anodized aluminum.

(b)

Stainless steel.

(c)

Chromium plate.

(d)

Copper.

(e)

Bronze.

(f)

Brass.

Operating parts not to be painted include moving parts of operating equipment, such as the following: (a)

Valve and damper operators.

(b)

Linkages.

(c)

Sensing devices.

(d)

Motor and fan shafts.

Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual or other code-required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: (1)

1.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Division 8 Section “Stile and Rail Wood Doors” for factory priming wood doors and frames.

DEFINITIONS A.

"Paint" includes coating systems materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials whether used a s prime, intermediate, or finish coats.

B.

Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter.

SUBMITTALS A.

General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.

B.

Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers.

PAINTING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 2

Page 240 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

C.

(1)

Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use.

(2)

List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.

(3)

Printed Statement of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) content and chemical components and indicated compliance with Green Seal Standards GS-11.

Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. (1)

D.

1.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

After color selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.

Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. (1)

Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.

(2)

Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application.

(3)

Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only: (a)

Stained or Natural Wood: Provide two 4-by-8-inch samples of natural and stained wood finish on actual wood surfaces.

(b)

Ferrous Metal: Provide two 12-inch square samples for each color and finish. Provide field sample of one Hollow Metal door frame or other metal surface for each color and finish.

(c)

Gypsum Wall Board: Provide two 12 inch-square samples of each color and finish.

QUALITY ASSURANCE A.

Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in a construction record of successful in-service performance.

B.

Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats.

C.

Paints formulated with any of the following ingredients, in any amount, are prohibited: (1)

PAINTING

Lead, red lead.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 3

Page 241 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.6

(2)

Basic lead silico chromate.

(3)

Zinc chromate.

(4)

Lead driers.

DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A.

B.

Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information: (1)

Product name or title of material.

(2)

Product description (generic classification or binder type).

(3)

Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.

(4)

Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.

(5)

Thinning instructions.

(6)

Application instructions.

(7)

Color name and number.

Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. (1)

1.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.

JOB CONDITIONS A.

Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F and 90 deg F.

B.

Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F and 95 deg F.

C.

Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. (1)

PAINTING

Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 4

Page 242 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.8

HCM Project No. 11575.000

EXTRA MATERIALS A.

Furnish extra paint materials from the same production run as the materials applied and in the quantities described below. Package with protective covering for storage and identify with labels describing contents. Deliver extra materials to Owner. (1)

Quantity: Furnish Owner with one gallon or 1%, whichever is greater, of each material and color applied. One or five gallon containers only.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

MANUFACTURERS A.

2.2

2.3

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: (1)

Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore).

(2)

KWAL Paint Company, a Professional Paint Company (KWAL).

(3)

The Sherwin Williams Company (SW).

(4)

PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).

PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A.

Material Compatibility: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B.

Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.

C.

Colors: Match color selections made by the Architect.

D.

Paint VOC Limits: All interior paints, stains, and coatings shall comply with the requirements of Green Seal Standard GS-11. VOC weight in grams/liter of product minus water must not exceed 150 for non-flat coatings, or 50 for flat coatings. Refer to Green Seal Standard GS-11 for balance of requirements.

PRIMERS A.

Primers: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory-formulated primers that are compatible with the substrate and finish coats indicated.

B.

Interior Plaster and Gypsum Board Primer: Factory-formulated latex-based primer for interior application. (1)

PAINTING

Sherwin Williams: ProMar 200 Zero VOC, Interior Latex Primer, B28W02600/B28WQ2600. Apply at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 5

Page 243 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

2.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(2)

Benjamin Moore: Super Spec Premium Interior Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer 253: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.

(3)

PPG: 6-2 SpeedHide Interior Quick-Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.

INTERIOR FINISH PAINT MATERIAL A.

Finish Paint: Provide the manufacturer's recommended factory-formulated finish-coat materials that are compatible with the substrate and undercoats indicated.

B.

Interior Low-Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory-formulated eggshell acrylic-latex interior enamel over interior concrete, gypsum board, wood and ferrous and zinc-coated metal. (1)

Sherwin Williams: ProMar 200 Zero VOC, Interior Latex Low Sheen. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.

(2)

PPG: Pure Performance Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.25 mils.

(3)

Benjamin Moore: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Low Sheen Finish, N5371/K537. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

EXAMINATION A.

B.

Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with paint application requirements. Surfaces receiving paint must be thoroughly dry before paint is applied. (1)

Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

(2)

Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area.

Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. (1)

3.2

Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed by others.

PREPARATION A.

PAINTING

General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 6

Page 244 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

B.

Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

C.

Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.

D.

E.

PAINTING

(1)

Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing about anticipated problems using the specified finish-coat material with substrates primed by others.

(2)

Clay and Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete, brick and cement plaster surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen, as required, to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. (a)

Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer.

(b)

Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions.

(3)

Gypsum Wallboard: Clean surfaces of dirt, dust, oil and other foreign substances that may interfere with paint bond.

(4)

Plaster Wallboard: Clean surfaces of dirt, dust, oil and other foreign substances that may interfere with paint bond.

(5)

Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.

Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's directions. (1)

Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

(2)

Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using.

(3)

Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.

Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat where multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 7

Page 245 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. F. 3.3

Verify compatibility between shop primer on metal roof deck and top coats prior to installation.

APPLICATION A.

General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.

B.

Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

C.

Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.

PAINTING

(1)

Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.

(2)

Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.

(3)

The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce a smooth even surface according to the manufacturer's directions.

(4)

Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

(5)

The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection.

(6)

Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.

(7)

Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through registers or grilles, with a flat, nonspecular black paint.

(8)

Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces.

(9)

Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces.

(10)

Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or finish coat.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 8

Page 246 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO (11) D.

Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch-up painted.

Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. (1)

E.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.

Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. (1)

Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied.

(2)

Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

(3)

Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

F.

Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer.

G.

Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces.

H.

Mechanical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following:

I.

J.

PAINTING

(1)

Piping, pipe hangers, and supports.

(2)

Ductwork, duct hangers and supports.

(3)

Pipe and duct insulation.

(4)

Mechanical equipment.

(5)

Rooftop mechanical units.

(6)

Accessory items.

Electrical items to be painted include, but are not limited to, the following: (1)

Conduit and fittings.

(2)

Panels in occupied spaces.

Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 9

Page 247 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.

3.4

K.

Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections.

L.

Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements.

CLEANING A.

Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. (1)

3.5

PROTECTION A.

Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect.

B.

Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. (1)

3.6

After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A.

General: Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates, as indicated.

B.

Gypsum and Plaster Ceiling and Wallboard: (1)

C.

Eggshell Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats with total dry film thickness not less than 3.5 mils, over primer. (a)

Prime Coat: Latex-Based Interior White Primer.

(b)

First Finish Coat: Interior Eggshell Acrylic Enamel.

(c)

Second Finish Coat: Interior Eggshell Acrylic Enamel.

Hollow Metal Door Frames: (1)

Eggshell Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats with total dry film thickness not less than 3.5 mils over primer. (a)

PAINTING

Prime Coat: Latex-Based Interior White Primer.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 10

Page 248 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

(b)

First Finish Coat: Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel.

(c)

Second Finish Coat: Interior Semi-Gloss Acrylic Enamel. END OF SECTION 09 9100

PAINTING

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

09 9100 - 11

Page 249 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 250 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 102113.13 - METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A.

1.2 A.

1.3 A.

RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY Section includes painted steel toilet compartments configured as toilet enclosures urinal screens. ACTION SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product. 1.

B.

Shop Drawings: For toilet compartments. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

C.

1.4 A.

Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. Show locations of cutouts for compartment-mounted toilet accessories. Show locations of reinforcements for compartment-mounted grab bars and locations of blocking for surface-mounted toilet accessories. Show locations of centerlines of toilet fixtures. Show locations of floor drains.

Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of toilet compartment material indicated. 1.

D.

Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for toilet compartments.

Include Samples of hardware and accessories involving material and color selection.

Product Schedule: For toilet compartments, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing location and selected colors for toilet compartment material. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Product Certificates: For each type of toilet compartment.

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102113.13 - 1 Page 251 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.5 A. 1.6 A.

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Maintenance Data: For toilet compartments to include in maintenance manuals. MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

1.7 A.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Door Hinges: One hinge(s) with associated fasteners. Latch and Keeper: One latch(es) and keeper(s) with associated fasteners. Door Bumper: One door bumper(s) with associated fasteners. Door Pull: One door pull(s) with associated fasteners. Fasteners: 10 fasteners of each size and type.

PROJECT CONDITIONS Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of toilet fixtures, walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 A.

2.2 A.

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities and ICC A117.1 for toilet compartments designated as accessible. PAINTED STEEL TOILET COMPARTMENTS Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Accurate Partitions Corporation. All American Metal Corp. American Sanitary Partition Corporation. Ampco, Inc. Bradley Corporation; Mills Partitions. Flush Metal Partition Corp. General Partitions Mfg. Corp. Global Steel Products Corp. Hadrian Manufacturing Inc. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation.

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102113.13 - 2 Page 252 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 11. 12. 13.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Marlite. Metpar Corp. Shanahan's Limited.

B.

Toilet-Enclosure Style: Overhead braced.

C.

Urinal-Screen Style: Wall hung, flat panel.

D.

Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Seamless, metal facing sheets pressure laminated to core material; with continuous, interlocking molding strip or lapped-and-formed edge closures; corners secured by welding or clips and exposed welds ground smooth. Exposed surfaces shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, telegraphing of core material, or other imperfections. 1.

2.

3. E.

Urinal-Screen Construction: 1.

F.

Core Material: Manufacturer's standard sound-deadening honeycomb of resin-impregnated kraft paper in thickness required to provide finished thickness of 1 inch for doors and panels and 1-1/4 inches for pilasters. Grab-Bar Reinforcement: Provide concealed internal reinforcement for grab bars mounted on units of size and material adequate for panel to withstand applied downward load on grab bar of at least 250 lbf (1112 N), when tested according to ASTM F 446, without deformation of panel. Tapping Reinforcement: Provide concealed reinforcement for tapping (threading) at locations where machine screws are used for attaching items to units.

Flat-Panel Urinal Screen: Matching panel construction.

Facing Sheets and Closures: Electrolytically coated steel sheet with nominal base-metal (uncoated) thicknesses as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Pilasters, Braced at Both Ends: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.036 inch. Panels: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.030 inch. Doors: Manufacturer's standard thickness, but not less than 0.030 inch. Flat-Panel Urinal Screens: Thickness matching the panels.

G.

Pilaster Shoes Sleeves (Caps): Stainless-steel sheet, not less than 0.031-inch nominal thickness and 3 inches high, finished to match hardware.

H.

Brackets (Fittings): 1.

I.

Stirrup Type: Ear or U-brackets; stainless steel.

Steel Sheet Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard baked-on finish, including thermosetting, electrostatically applied, and powder coatings. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking. 1.

Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102113.13 - 3 Page 253 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO a. 2.3 A.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Allow for application of one color in each room.

HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard operating hardware and accessories. 1. 2.

3.

4.

5. 6.

Material: Stainless steel. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard paired, self-closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees, allowing emergency access by lifting door. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard latch unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber-faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with regulatory requirements for accessibility at compartments designated as accessible. Coat Hook: Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber-tipped bumper, sized to prevent in-swinging door from hitting compartment-mounted accessories. Door Bumper: Manufacturer's standard rubber-tipped bumper at out-swinging doors. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out-swinging doors that complies with regulatory requirements for accessibility. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments designated as accessible.

B.

Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded-aluminum head rail with antigrip profile and in manufacturer's standard finish.

C.

Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match the items they are securing, with theft-resistant-type heads. Provide sex-type bolts for through-bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel, hot-dip galvanized steel, or other rust-resistant, protective-coated steel compatible with related materials.

2.4 A.

MATERIALS Steel Sheet: Commercial steel sheet for exposed applications; mill phosphatized and selected for smoothness. 1.

Electrolytically Zinc Coated: ASTM A 879/A 879M, 01Z.

B.

Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stretcher-leveled standard of flatness.

C.

Stainless-Steel Castings: ASTM A 743/A 743M.

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102113.13 - 4 Page 254 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.5

HCM Project No. 11575.000

FABRICATION

A.

Fabrication, General: Fabricate toilet compartment components to sizes indicated. Coordinate requirements and provide cutouts for through-partition toilet accessories, and solid blocking within panel where required for attachment of toilet accessories.

B.

Overhead-Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant supports, leveling mechanism, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism.

C.

Urinal-Screen Posts: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant anchoring assemblies with leveling adjustment at bottoms of posts. Provide shoes and sleeves (caps) at posts to conceal anchorage.

D.

Door Size and Swings: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24-inch- wide, in-swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36-inch- wide, out-swinging doors with a minimum 32-inch- wide, clear opening for compartments designated as accessible.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 A.

EXAMINATION Examine substrates, areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for fastening, support, alignment, operating clearances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1.

Confirm location and adequacy of blocking and supports required for installation.

B.

Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

C.

Coordinate layout and installation of supports, inserts, and anchors built into other units of work for toilet compartment anchorage.

3.2 A.

INSTALLATION General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position indicated with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1.

Maximum Clearances: a. b.

2.

Pilasters and Panels: 1/2 inch. Panels and Walls: 1 inch.

Stirrup Brackets: Secure panels to walls and to pilasters with no fewer than three brackets attached at midpoint and near top and bottom of panel.

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102113.13 - 5 Page 255 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO a. b.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Locate wall brackets so holes for wall anchors occur in masonry or tile joints. Align brackets at pilasters with brackets at walls.

B.

Overhead-Braced Units: Secure pilasters to floor and level, plumb, and tighten. Set pilasters with anchors penetrating not less than 1-3/4 inches into structural floor unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written instructions. Secure continuous head rail to each pilaster with no fewer than two fasteners. Hang doors to align tops of doors with tops of panels, and adjust so tops of doors are parallel with overhead brace when doors are in closed position.

C.

Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb, rigid, and secured to resist lateral impact.

3.3 A.

ADJUSTING Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to hardware manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. Set hinges on in-swinging doors to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. Set hinges on out-swinging doors to return doors to fully closed position.

END OF SECTION 102113.13

METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102113.13 - 6 Page 256 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 102800 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY

A.

1.3

Section Includes: 1.

Public-use washroom accessories.

2.

Warm-air dryers.

3.

Childcare accessories.

COORDINATION A.

Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories.

B.

Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work.

1.4

ACTION SUBMITTALS A.

B.

1.5

Product Data: For each type of product. 1.

Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes.

2.

Include anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation.

3.

Include electrical characteristics.

Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1.

Identify locations using room designations indicated.

2.

Identify accessories using designations indicated.

INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A.

Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty.

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102800 - 1

Page 257 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 1.6

HCM Project No. 11575.000

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A.

1.7

Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals. WARRANTY

A.

Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1.

Failures include, but are not limited to, visible silver spoilage defects.

2.

Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A.

2.2

Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES

A.

Source Limitations: Obtain public-use washroom accessories from single source from single manufacturer.

B.

Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser:

C.

1.

Description: Double-roll dispenser

2.

Mounting: Surface mounted

3.

Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin)

Liquid Soap Dispenser: 1.

Description: Designed for dispensing antibacterial soap in lather form

2.

Mounting: Vertically oriented, surface mounted

3.

Lockset: Tumbler type

4.

Refill Indicator: Window type

5.

Products offered by manufacturers vary. Verify products offered by manufacturers, and revise product characteristics accordingly.

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102800 - 2

Page 258 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

D.

E.

Vendor: 1.

Type: Sanitary napkin and tampon

2.

Mounting: Semirecessed

3.

Operation: No coin (free)

4.

Exposed Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin)

5.

Lockset: Tumbler type with separate lock and key for coin box.

Sanitary-Napkin Disposal Unit: 1. 2. 3. 4.

F.

Mounting: Surface mounted Door or Cover: Self-closing, disposal-opening cover and hinged face panel with tumbler lockset Receptacle: Removable. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin)

Grab Bar: 1.

Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners.

2.

Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick. a.

G.

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip-resistant texture in grip area.

3.

Outside Diameter: 1-1/2 inches.

4.

Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings.

Mirror Unit: Bobrick B-16582436 1.

Frame: Type 430 stainless steel with bright polished finish. a.

2.

Hangers: Produce rigid, tamper- and theft-resistant installation, using method indicated below. a.

3.

Corners: Manufacturer's standard.

Wall bracket of galvanized steel, equipped with concealed locking devices requiring a special tool to remove.

Size: 24 x 36 inches.

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102800 - 3

Page 259 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 2.3

HCM Project No. 11575.000

CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A.

Source Limitations: Obtain childcare accessories from single source from single manufacturer.

B.

Diaper-Changing Station: Koala Bear, KB110-SSRE 1.

Description: Horizontal unit that opens by folding down from stored position and with child-protection strap. a.

2.4

Engineered to support minimum of 250-lb static load when opened.

2.

Mounting: Semirecessed, with unit projecting not more than 1 inch from wall when closed.

3.

Operation: By pneumatic shock-absorbing mechanism.

4.

Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin), with replaceable insulated polystyrene tray liner and rounded plastic corners.

5.

Liner Dispenser: Built in.

WARM-AIR DRYERS A.

Source Limitations: Obtain warm-air dryers from single source from single manufacturer.

B.

Warm-Air Dryer:

2.5

1.

Description: Standard-speed, warm-air hand dryer.

2.

Mounting: Surface mounted, with low-profile design

3.

Operation: Electronic-sensor activated with timed power cut-off switch. a. Operation Time: 30 to 40 seconds.

4.

Cover Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin)

MATERIALS A.

Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.031-inch minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.

B.

Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036inch minimum nominal thickness.

C.

Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with G60 hot-dip zinc coating.

D.

Galvanized-Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102800 - 4

Page 260 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

E.

Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit and tamper-andtheft resistant where exposed, and of galvanized steel where concealed.

F.

Chrome Plating: ASTM B 456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service).

G.

Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear-glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick.

2.6

FABRICATION A.

General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion-resistant backing plates.

B.

Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

INSTALLATION A.

Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.

B.

Grab Bars: Install to withstand a downward load of at least 250 lbf, when tested according to ASTM F 446.

3.2

ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A.

Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items.

B.

Remove temporary labels and protective coatings.

C.

Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION 102800

TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

102800 - 5

Page 261 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 262 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

SECTION 31 2305 - EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1

RELATED DOCUMENTS A.

1.2

SUMMARY A.

1.3

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

Section Includes: (1)

Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade, walks and pavements.

(2)

Trenching and backfill for underslab utilities.

DEFINITIONS A.

Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation. (1)

Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe.

(2)

Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench.

B.

Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.

C.

Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill.

D.

Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water.

E.

Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated.

F.

(1)

Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work.

(2)

Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.

Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

31 2305 - 1

Page 263 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

1.4

HCM Project No. 11575.000

G.

Structures: Footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface.

H.

Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot-mix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot-mix asphalt walk.

I.

Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials.

J.

Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings.

PROJECT CONDITIONS A.

Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before beginning earth moving operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1

SOIL MATERIALS A.

General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations.

B.

Satisfactory Soils: : ASTM D 2487 Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.

C.

Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, or a combination of these groups. (1)

Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction.

D.

Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

E.

Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. Use Class 6 aggregate.

F.

Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

31 2305 - 2

Page 264 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

HCM Project No. 11575.000

G.

Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.

H.

Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1

3.2

PREPARATION A.

Protect existing structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by eoperations.

B.

Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during excavation and backfill operations.

C.

Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials.

EXCAVATION, GENERAL A.

3.3

Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. (1)

If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.

(2)

Any organics, trash and any large (greater than 12 inches) rubble should not be reused at all. Rubble larger than 6 inches should not be reused within 3 feet of the surface.

(3)

Demolition of existing construction at the site should remove all elements down to at least 2 feet below proposed new subgrades.

(4)

Removal and replacement of any near-surface clays and mixtures should be done immediately below floor slabs and any footings to be placed near the existing surface grades. Deeper clay layers, if encountered should also be removed.

EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES AND SLABS ON GRADE A.

Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

31 2305 - 3

Page 265 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO

3.4

EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A.

3.5

Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades.

EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A.

Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.

B.

Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated. (1)

C.

3.6

Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. (1)

For pipes and conduit less than 6 inches in nominal diameter, hand-excavate trench bottoms and support pipe and conduit on an undisturbed subgrade.

(2)

Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course.

Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Architect. (1)

Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Architect.

STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A.

3.8

Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit.

UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A.

3.7

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. (1)

Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations.

(2)

Protect existing construction to remain from damage due to stockpiled soil materials.

BACKFILL A.

Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

31 2305 - 4

Page 266 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO B.

Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits.

C.

Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

D.

Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. (1)

3.9

Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.

E.

Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation.

F.

Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

MOISTURE CONTROL A.

3.10

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content.

COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS A.

Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.

B.

Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length of each structure.

C.

Structural fill should be compacted to at least 95 percent according to ASTM D 698 at a moisture content appropriate for the particular material. The specific minimum moisture content of each on-site material encountered will be determined by the geotechnical engineer during construction. The specific minimum moisture content for each clay material would be that at which a maximum swell of 1 percent occurred under a 15-psf loading. The necessary moisture content of any imported material would be determined at the time of approval by the geotechnical engineer.

D.

Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698: (1)

Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 95 percent.

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

31 2305 - 5

Page 267 of 318

Meadows Park Community Center Restroom Renovation Colorado Springs, CO 3.11

3.12

3.13

GRADING A.

General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated.

B.

Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of ½ inch (when tested with a 10-foot straightedge.

DRAINAGE COURSE UNDER CONCRETE SLABS-ON-GRADE A.

Match existing conditions except where indicated otherwise.

B.

Place drainage course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice.

C.

On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete slabs-on-grade as follows: (1)

Place drainage course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick.

(2)

Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.

PROTECTION A.

Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.

B.

Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions.

C.

Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. (1)

3.14

HCM Project No. 11575.000

Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A.

Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 31 2000

EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MINOR WORK B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

31 2305 - 6

Page 268 of 318

SCHEDULE G EXHIBITS This section includes the examples of the forms used for submitting the required bonds as well as a sample contract format, which will be issued as a result of this solicitation: Exhibit 1 Exhibit 2 Exhibit 3 Exhibit 4 Exhibit 5 Exhibit 6 Exhibit 7 Exhibit 8 Exhibit 9 Exhibit 10

Bid Bond Performance Bond Materials and Payment Bond Maintenance Bond Sample Contract Minimum Insurance Requirements Change Order Form Index of Drawings Davis Bacon Wage Rates Federal Forms

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 269 of 318

EXHIBIT 1 - CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS BID BOND 1.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT: (Name) As Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and (Address) (SURETY Name) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of: (SURETY Address) and AUTHORIZED TO DO BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF COLORADO, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held firmly bound to the CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of: (Insert Proposal Amount in Words) ($

DOLLARS),

lawful money of the United States of America, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 2.

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted to the Obligee, a contract bid dated the

3.

day of

For the following contract:

NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, If Principals bid is accepted by Obligee and Principal is awarded the contract in whole or in part, and the Principal shall enter into the contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such Payment, Performance, and Maintenance bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall promptly pay to the Obligee the amount of this bond as set forth herein above, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise this obligation to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed on the dates set forth below: FOR: (Witness)

(Principals Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal)

This

day of

FOR: (Witness)

(Surety's Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal) Bond #

This

Day of

This Bond __ (is) __ (is not) a SBA Guaranteed Bond.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 270 of 318

EXHIBIT 2 – PERFORMANCE BOND CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS PERFORMANCE BOND 1. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT: (Name) As Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and (Address) (SURETY Name) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of: (SURETY Address) and AUTHORIZED TO DO BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF COLORADO, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held firmly bound to the CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of: (Insert Proposal Amount in Words) ($

DOLLARS),

lawful money of the United States of America, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 2. WHEREAS, the Principal and the Obligee have entered into, a contract dated the Contract #

day of

For the following project:

which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and referred to as the Contract.

3.

NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if the Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform all terms, conditions and other obligations of the Contract, and any modifications or extensions thereof granted by the Obligee, then this obligation shall be null and void: otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect.

4.

The Surety for value received agrees that no extension of time, change in, addition to, or other alteration modification of the terms, conditions or obligations of the Contract or work to be performed thereunder, or any forbearance on the part of either the Obligee or the Principal to the other shall in any way release or affect the liability or obligation of this Bond, and the Surety hereby waives notice of any such extension of time, change, addition, modification, alteration or forbearance. Signed and sealed on the dates set forth below: FOR: (Witness)

(Principals Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal)

This

Day of

FOR: (Witness)

(Surety's Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal) Bond #

This

Day of

This Bond __ (is) ___ (is not) a SBA Guaranteed Bond.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 271 of 318

EXHIBIT 3 - CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 1.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT: (Name) As Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and (Address) (SURETY Name) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of: (SURETY Address) and AUTHORIZED TO DO BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF COLORADO, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held firmly bound to the CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of: (Insert Proposal Amount in Words) ($

2.

DOLLARS),

lawful money of the United States of America, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal and the Obligee have entered into, a contract dated the Contract #

day of

For the following project:

which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and referred to as the Contract.

3. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the Principal shall promptly make payments of all amounts lawfully due to all persons supplying or furnishing the Principal or the Principals subcontractors with labor, materials, rental machinery, tools or equipment used or performed in the prosecution of the work provided for in the Contract; and if the Principal shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee to the extent of any payments in connection with the carrying out of the Contract which the Obligee may be required to pay under the law, all in accord with Colorado State Law, Section 3826-105 C.R.S., then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect. AND FURTHER, should the Principal or the Principals subcontractors fail to duly pay for any labor, materials, team hire, sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies used or consumed by the Principal or the Principals subcontractors in the performance of the work contracted to be done or fails to pay any person who supplies rental machinery, tools or equipment, all amounts due as the result of the use of such machinery, tools, or equipment, in the prosecution of the work under the Contract, the Surety shall pay the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond together with interest at the rate of eight percent per annum, in accord with Colorado State Law, Section 38-26-106 C.R.S. In accord with Colorado State Law, Section 38-26-105 C.R.S., actions against the Principal and Surety under this Bond shall be brought within six months after the final completion of the Contract as defined by the ordinances, rules and regulations of the City of Colorado Springs, Colorado, a home rule City, and not afterwards.

4. The Surety for value received agrees that no extension of time, change in, addition to, or other alteration or modification of the terms, conditions or oblations of the Contract or work to be performed thereunder, or any forbearance on the part of either the Obligee or the Principal to the other shall in any way release or affect the Surety's liability or obligation on this Bond, and the surety hereby waives notice of any such extension of time, change, addition, modification, alteration or forbearance. Signed and sealed on the dates set forth below: FOR: (Witness)

(Principals Name)

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 272 of 318

Page Two (2) of Labor & Material Payment Bond

BY: ITS: (Seal)

This

day of

FOR: (Witness)

(Surety's Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal) Bond #

This

day of

This Bond ___ (is) ___ (is not) a SBA Guaranteed Bond.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 273 of 318

EXHIBIT 4 - CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS MAINTENANCE BOND 1.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT: (Name) As Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and (Address) (SURETY Name) a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of: (SURETY Address) and AUTHORIZED TO DO BUSINESS IN THE STATE OF COLORADO, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held firmly bound to the CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO, as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, for the use and benefit of claimants as herein below defined, in the amount of: (Insert Proposal Amount in Words) ($

2.

DOLLARS),

lawful money of the United States of America, together with interest as may be provided by law, for the maintenance and guarantee obligations of the Contract, for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal and the Obligee have entered into, a contract dated the

Contract #

day of

For the following project:

which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and referred to as the Contract.

3. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the Principal shall promptly, properly and without cost to Obligee perform all maintenance and other guarantee obligations under the terms of the Contract, including any modifications or extensions thereof granted by the Obligee, for a period of TWO (2) year(s) from the date of final payment upon the Contract by the Obligee, and in the case of each correction or repair, during a period of one year after the date of said correction or repair or for the remaining period of years set forth herein, whichever is longer, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect.

4. The Surety for value received agrees that no extension of time, change in, addition to, or other alteration or modification of the terms, conditions or obligations of the Contract or work to be performed thereunder, or any forbearance on the part of either the Obligee or the Principal to the other shall in anyway release affect the Surety's liability or obligation on this Bond, and the surety hereby waives notice of any such extension of time, change, addition, modification, alteration or forbearance. Signed and sealed on the dates set forth below: FOR: (Witness)

(Principals Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal)

This

day of

FOR: (Witness)

(Surety's Name) BY: ITS:

(Seal) Bond #

This

day of

This Bond __ (is) ___ (is not) a SBA Guaranteed Bond.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 274 of 318

EXHIBIT 5 - SAMPLE CONTRACT CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Contract Number:

Project Name/Title

Vendor/Contractor Contact Name: Address: Federal Tax ID #

City Contracting Specialist NOT TO EXCEED Contract Amount:

Telephone

Name & Phone#

Fax

Please check one:

X Corporation Partnership

Individual

City Dept Rep

Name & Phone# & Department Name

City Account #

Acct Code (5) (7)

Fund (3)

Dept (4)

Project

THIS CONTRACT, in the Not to Exceed amount of $__________made and entered into this _____ day of ____________2016 by and between the City of Colorado Springs, Colorado, a municipal corporation, in the County of El Paso, State of Colorado, party to the first part hereinafter in the Contract Documents referred to as the "City", and ____________________________________, and trading as an individual or acting as partners consisting of or a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Colorado, hereinafter in the Contract Documents called the "Contractor"; party of the second part. WITNESSETH: Whereas the City has heretofore prepared the necessary Contract Documents for: ___________________________________, in the City of Colorado Springs; and whereas the party of the second part did on the ____ day of _________ 2016, submit to the City their written offer and proposal to do the work therein described under the terms and conditions therein set forth and furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment, transportation and services for said work in strict conformity with the accompanying Contract Documents which include: Bid Proposal, Notice of Award, Contract, Notice to Proceed and General Conditions. NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed that for the considerations and amounts specified in the Bid Proposal and the total contract amount designated above and in the Notice of Award, to be paid by the City to the Contractor, Contractor agrees to furnish all materials and to perform all work as set forth in his proposal and as required by the Contract Documents, which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Contractor agrees that the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all loss, damage, injuries, claims, cause or causes of action, or any liability whatsoever resulting from, or arising out of, or in connection with the Contractor's obligations or negligent actions under this Contract. It is further agreed that the Contractor will start work promptly and continue to work diligently until completed. The contractor shall complete all work on an as ordered basis throughout the contract period ____ Calendar Days after the Notice-to-Proceed as per the specifications and drawings. The Contractor shall provide a two-year guarantee on all works performed under this contract after the job has been completed and accepted. FISCAL OBLIGATIONS OF CITY This Agreement is expressly made subject to the limitations of the Colorado Constitution and Section 7-60 of the Charter of the City of Colorado Springs. Nothing herein shall constitute, nor be deemed to constitute, the creation of a debt or multi-year fiscal obligation or an obligation of future appropriations by the City Council of Colorado Springs, contrary to Article X, § 20, Colo. Const., or any other constitutional, statutory, or charter debt limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, with respect to any financial obligation of the City which may arise under this Agreement in any fiscal year after the year of execution, in the event the budget or other means of appropriation for any such year fails to provide funds in sufficient amounts to discharge such obligation, such failure (i) shall act to terminate this Agreement at such time as the then-existing and available appropriations are depleted, and (ii) neither such failure nor termination shall constitute a default or breach of this Agreement, including any subagreement, attachment, schedule, or exhibit thereto, by the City. As used herein, the term “appropriation” shall mean and include the due adoption of an appropriation ordinance and budget and the approval of a Budget Detail Report B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 275 of 318

(Resource Allocations) which contains an allocation of sufficient funds for the performance of fiscal obligations arising under this Agreement. The Contractor and the City agree and acknowledge as a part of this contract, that no Change Order or other form or order or directive may be issued by the City which requires additional compensable work to be performed, which work causes the aggregate amount payable under the contract to exceed the amount appropriated for this contract as listed above, unless the Contractor has been given a written assurance by the City that lawful appropriations to cover the costs of the additional work have been made The Contractor and the City further agree and acknowledge as a part of this contract that no Change Order or other form or order or directive which requires additional compensable work to be performed under this contract shall be issued by the City unless funds are available to pay such additional compensable work performed under this contract, and expressly waives any rights to additional compensation, whether by law or equity, unless, prior to commencing the additional work, the contractor was given a written Change Order describing the additional compensable work to be performed, and setting forth the amount of compensation to be paid, which Change Order was signed by the authorized City Representative. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to know, determine, and ascertain the authority of the City representative signing any Change Order under this contract. Books of Account and Auditing. The Contractor shall make available to the City if requested, true and complete records, which support billing statements, reports, performance indices, and all other related documentation. The City’s authorized representatives shall have access during reasonable hours to all records, which are deemed appropriate to auditing billing statements, reports, performance indices, and all other related documentation. The Contractor agrees that it will keep and preserve for at least seven years all documents related to the Contract, which are routinely prepared, collected or compiled by the Contractor during the performance of this contract. The City’s Auditor and the Auditor’s authorized representatives shall have the right at any time to audit all of the related documentation. The Contractor shall make all documentation available for examination at the Auditor’s request at either the Auditor or Contractor's office and without expense to the City. GRATUITIES 1) The right of the Contractor to proceed or otherwise perform this Contract, and this Contract may be terminated if the City Manager and/or the City Contracting Manager determine, in their sole discretion, that the Contractor or any officer, employee, agent, or other representative whatsoever, of the Contractor offered or gave a gift or hospitality to a City officer, employee, agent or contractor for the purpose of influencing any decision to grant a City Contract or to obtain favorable treatment under any City Contract. 2) The terms "hospitality" and "gift" include, but are not limited to, any payment, subscription, advance, forbearance, acceptance, rendering or deposit of money, services, or anything of value given or offered, including but not limited to food, lodging, transportation, recreation or entertainment, token or award. 3) Contract termination under this provision shall constitute an breach of contract by the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be liable to the city for all costs of reletting the contract or completion of the contract. Further, if the Contractor is terminated under this provision, or violates this provision but is not terminated, the Contractor shall be subject to debarment under the City's Procurement Regulations. The rights and remedies of the City provided in this clause shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Contract."

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 276 of 318

CONTRACT SIGNATURE PAGE The Contractor certifies in accord with Section 8-17.5-102(1) C.R.S. that, on the date the Contractor signs this contract, the Contractor does not knowingly employ or contract with an illegal alien who will perform work under this contract and that the Contractor shall participate in the e-verify program or Colorado Department of Labor and Employment program in order to confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are newly hired for employment or to perform work under this contract. The contractor is expressly prohibited from using basic pilot program procedures to undertake pre-employment screening of job applicants while this Contract and any services under this Contract is being performed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused these presents to be executed on the day and the year first above written. This contract is executed in one (1) original copy. THE CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO:

Jeffrey H. Green, Chief of Staff

Date

SECOND PARTY:

Corporate Name

Signature

Date

Title

Witness

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 277 of 318

EXHIBIT 6

MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

The following listed minimum insurance requirements shall be carried by all contractors and consultants unless otherwise specified in the City’s solicitation package, Special Provisions or Standard Specifications. 1.X Workers’ Compensation and Employers Liability as required by statute. Employers Liability coverage is to be carried for a minimum limit of $100,000. 2. X Automobile Liability for limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage for each occurrence. Coverage shall include owned, non-owned and hired automobiles. 3. X Commercial General Liability for limits not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage for each occurrence and not less than $2,000,000 aggregate. Coverage shall include premises and operations liability, blanket contractual, broad form property damage, products and completed operations and personal injury endorsements. 4.X Builders Risk. This insurance shall insure and protect the City and Contractor from all insurable risks of physical loss or damage. 5. N/A Professional Liability Insurance providing coverage for acts, errors or omissions committed or alleged to have been committed by architects and engineers arising out of the conduct of their professional practice. The coverage shall carry a project limit of $500,000. The coverage shall have an extended reporting period of 2 years following the date of substantial completion of the project for reporting of claims. 6. N/A Pollution Legal Liability Insurance for limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence (or claims made) and not less than $1,000,000 aggregate for bodily Injury, Personal Injury and Property Damage. This coverage must include any losses arising from transit exposures and also include all costs associated with clean-up, containment, and disposal of any hazardous liquids or materials. 7. X Except for workers compensation and employer’s liability insurance, the City of Colorado Springs Certificates of Insurance must be submitted before commencing the work and provide 30 days’ notice prior to any cancellation. 8. X

All coverage furnished by contractor is primary, and that any insurance held by the City of Colorado Springs or CDOT is excess and non-contributory.

The undersigned certifies and agrees to carry and maintain the insurance requirements indicated above hroughout the contract Period of Performance.

(Name of Company) (Signature)

(Date) THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE SIGNED AND RETURNED WITH BID SUBMITTAL

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 278 of 318

EXHIBIT 7

CITY CHANGE ORDER FORM

Change Order No: Project Title: Firm New Expiration Date: Time Extension allowed

Contract No:

Cancel Contract: Days

Amount of this Change Order: Amount of Previous Change Orders: Total of Change Orders: Original / Amended Contract Amount: New Contract Amount: Percentage Above / Below Original / Amended Amount: Account Code for Change Order: 1.

By signing below, the Contractor accepts this change order as full and complete compensation for the above specified amendments and/or additional services.

2.

Unless specifically addressed and changed in this change order, all terms and conditions of the contract remain in full effect including applicability to any items that have been added or incorporated by this change order.

Description of Amendments and/or Additional Services:

Firm/Contractor Approval:

Date:

Requestor/Dept:

Date:

Manager Approval:

Date:

This Box to be used only by City Contracts Staff Contracting Analyst Signoff: Comments: Vendor/Contractor: Dept: Peoplesoft: Acct Pay:

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 279 of 318

EXHIBIT 8

INDEX OF DRAWINGS HVAC/ ELECTRICAL

RESTROOM RENOVATION INDEX GENERAL SHEETS G-001 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SHEET INDEX G-101 FIRST FLOOR CODE PLAN INDEX ARCHITECTURAL SHEETS AD111 FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN A-100 SITE PLAN A-111 FIRST FLOOR PLAN A-410 ENLARGED PLANS A-411 ENLARGED FINISH PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A-500 PARTITION TYPES AND DOOR TYPES INDEX MECHANICAL SHEETS MO.01 MECHANICAL LEGEND MO-.02 MECHANCAL SPECIFICATIONS M1.01 MECHANICAL DEMO AND NEW WORK PLANS INDEX PLUMBING SHEETS P1.01 PLUMBING DEMO AND NEW WORK PLANS P1.02 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT DEMO AND NEW WORK PLANS P6.01 PLUMBING SCHEDULES AND DETAILS INDEX ELECTRICAL SHEETS E0.01 ELECTRICAL LEGEND E1.01 ELECTRICAL DEMO AND NEW WORK PLANS E6.01 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E6.02 ELECTRICAL ONE- LINE DIAGRAM

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 280 of 318

5

6

7

8

B

S

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC/ELECTRICAL UPGRADES

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

4

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

3

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

1943 S. EL PASO AVE. COLORADO SPRINGS, COLORADO 80905

D

E

VICINITY MAP

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

SITE PLAN

F

DRAWING INDEX

DESIGNED BY

DRAWING NO. DRAWING TITLE

KMM DRAWN BY

TAH CHECKED BY

PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

COVER SHEET

H

SHEET

G0.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 281 of 318

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

S

A

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

GENERAL NOTES

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

1

B

VIEW OF NORTH ELECTRICAL EASEMENT

VIEW OF SOUTH ELECTRICAL EASEMENT

C

ELECTRICAL / HVAC UPGRADE PHASING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION

PROJECTED START DATE

PROJECTED END DATE

NOTES

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

KEYNOTES NOTES:

D

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

PHASE

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

TAH CHECKED BY

PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

PHASING FLOOR PLAN

FLOOR PLAN

H

SHEET

G1.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 282 of 318

5

4

HEATING

DUCTWORK

6

7

REFRIGERATION

8

MISCELLANEOUS PIPING

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

VALVES & FITTINGS

3

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

PLUMBING D

TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

MISCELLANEOUS SYMBOLS

C

REVISIONS

F

ABBREVIATIONS

GENERAL NOTES: DESIGNED BY

MRB DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

KMM PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL LEGEND

H

SHEET

M0.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 283 of 318

8

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS 230100 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

A

2.

3.

B

4.

PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, INSPECTIONS, AND COORDINATION WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE WALKING PROJECT THROUGH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, TO INCLUDE: a. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC) b. 2009 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE (IMC) c. 2009 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE (IECC) d. 2009 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE (IFGC) e. 2009 INTERNATIONAL PLUMBING CODE (IPC) f. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY (NFPA) g. 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE & NFPA 70 (NEC) UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE WORK DESCRIBED ON THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL INCLUDE THE FURNISHING AND INSTALLATION OF ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THESE EVEN IF ALL ITEMS REQUIRED (I.E. OFFSETS, ISOLATION AND BALANCING DEVICES, MAINTENANCE CLEARANCES, ETC.) ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN. DATA GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS IS AS ACCURATE AS COULD BE SECURED. ABSOLUTE ACCURACY IS NOT GUARANTEED; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS, MEASUREMENTS, SPACE REQUIREMENTS, POTENTIAL CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES, ETC. AT THE SITE AND SHALL SATISFACTORILY ADAPT HIS WORK TO ACTUAL CONDITIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND SHALL NOT BE SCALED. THIS DOES NOT RELIEVE ANY SUB-CONTRACTOR FROM COORDINATING WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND FROM ADJUSTING HIS WORK AS REQUIRED BY THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE BEFORE SUBMITTING A BID TO BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. NO EXTRAS WILL BE ALLOWED DUE TO LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND SHALL CAREFULLY COMPARE SUCH FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND CONDITIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION KNOWN TO THE CONTRACTOR WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BEFORE COMMENCING ANY ACTIVITIES AFFECTED THEREBY.

230719 HVAC PIPE INSULATION 22. PROVIDE MERV 8 FILTERS FOR ALL NEW AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT. 1. 2. 24. PROVIDE EMT CONDUIT FOR ALL EXPOSED LOW VOLTAGE AND CONTROL CABLING. 3.

PROVIDE STUCCO EMBOSSED ALUMINUM JACKETING ON ALL PIPING OUTDOORS. SOFT COPPER REFRIGERANT LINE SETS FOR 5-TONS OR LESS MAY BE WRAPPED WITH SHURTAPE LS300.

221123 NATURAL-GAS PIPING

4.

INSULATION SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH WALLS AND HANGERS.

1.

GAS PIPING SIZE 2" AND SMALLER SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 STEEL WITH 150 PSI CAST-IRON THREADED FITTINGS.

230900 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC

2.

EXPOSED GAS PIPING, INDOORS AND OUTDOORS SHALL BE PAINTED.

25. PAINT ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK.

C

SUBMIT RFI (REQUEST FOR INFORMATION) IF QUESTIONS OR CONCERNS ARISE. ALL RFI'S SHALL HAVE A PROPOSED SOLUTION.

6.

VERIFY THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.

7.

8.

9.

INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCE AROUND ALL EQUIPMENT. COMPLETE MANUFACTURER'S START-UP REPORTS AND SUBMIT TO ENGINEER WITH O&M MANUALS UPON COMPLETION. ALL CURBS, ROOF JACKS, ROOF THIMBLES, SANITARY VENTS, ROOF DRAINS, ETC. SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM TO BE PROVIDED. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED BY ORIGINAL ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN ROOF WARRANTY. GUARANTEE ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, WORKMANSHIP AND THE PROPER OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. REPAIR OR REPLACE, AT NO EXPENSE TO THE OWNER, ALL DEFECTS WHICH MAY ARISE DURING THIS TIME DUE TO INFERIOR OR DEFECTIVE MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT OR WORKMANSHIP.

10. DEFINITIONS: a. (N) INDICATES "NEW" EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. b. (E) INDICATES "EXISTING" EQUIPMENT ON SITE WHICH MAY OR MAY NOT NEED TO BE RELOCATED AS A PART OF THIS WORK. c. d. "FURNISH" MEANS TO "SUPPLY" AND USUALLY REFERS TO AN ITEM OF EQUIPMENT. e. "INSTALL" MEANS TO "SET IN PLACE, CONNECT AND PLACE INTO FULL OPERATIONAL ORDER". f.

D

12. WHERE DEMOLITION WORK IS NOTED, REMOVE ALL ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES, HANGERS, FASTENERS, DUCT, PIPING, CONTROLS, ETC. THIS SHALL ALSO INCLUDE ANY ABANDONED EQUIPMENT, APPURTENANCES, HANGERS, FASTENERS, DUCT, PIPING, CONTROLS, ETC. NOT REQUIRED FOR NEW WORK.

PROVIDE EMT CONDUIT FOR ALL LOW VOLTAGE AND CONTROL CABLING.

2.

PROVIDE SCHEDULES FOR ALL CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT. VERIFY EXACT SCHEDULE WITH USER OR CONTACT ENGINEER. ALL THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS SHALL BE LOW VOLTAGE (24V) AND 7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE AND COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CURRENT IECC AND ASHRAE 90.1.

4.

PROVIDE GAS COCK UPSTREAM OF ALL PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES.

3.

5.

SUPPORT GAS PIPING ON ROOF WITH NYLON BASE SUPPORT WITH ADJUSTABLE THREADED ROD ASSEMBLY AND NEOPRENE PAD; MAPA MT ROOF SUPPORTS OR EQUIVALENT.

232123 MECHANICAL PIPING

6.

PROVIDE GAS COCK UPSTREAM OF PRESSURE REGULATORS.

1.

ALL CONDENSATE DRAINS AND P-TRAPS SHALL BE COPPER OR PVC.

7.

LABEL GAS PIPING AND PRESSURE EVERY 20 FEET.

2.

PROVIDE DIELECTRIC NIPPLES OR UNIONS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. PROVIDE ISOLATION VALVES TO ISOLATE DIELECTRIC UNIONS.

230529 MECHANICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:

3.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS IN EXPOSED AREAS (NOT ABOVE CEILINGS) SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ALUMINUM, OR, STAINLESS.

233113 DUCTWORK

2.

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

1.

ALL DUCTWORK GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO THE LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA "HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS". SEAL LONGITUDINAL AND TRAVERSE JOINTS.

3.

SUSPEND EACH TRADE'S WORK SEPARATELY FROM THE STRUCTURE. 2.

4.

DUCTWORK SHALL BE HELD TIGHT TO STRUCTURE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE. DUCT SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. UPPER SUPPORT FASTENERS ATTACHING TO METAL DECKING SHALL BE HORIZONTAL IN SHEAR, NOT VERTICAL.

EXPOSED DUCTWORK (NOT ABOVE CEILINGS) SHALL BE PAINT-LOCK (BONDERIZED). PAINTING SHALL BE BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.

3.

DIFFUSER NECK SIZE IS SAME AS DUCT SIZE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

4.

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CHANGES IN DIRECTION SHALL BE MADE WITH RADIUS ELBOWS WITH RADIUS TO CENTERLINE EQUAL TO 1.5 DUCT WIDTH. WHERE REQUIRED FOR SPACE CONSTRAINTS, PROVIDE SQUARE THROAT ELBOWS WITH SINGLE WIDTH TURNING VANES WITH TRAILING EDGE. DO NOT PROVIDE TURNING VANES IN RETURN AIR DUCT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED.

5.

NO EQUIPMENT OR PIPING IS PERMITTED TO BE SUPPORTED FROM THE BOTTOM CHORD OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, UNLESS PERMITTED BY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.

6.

INSULATE INSIDE OF ROOF CURBS WITH TWO LAYERS OF R-19 BATT INSULATION.

7.

SECURE ALL ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT. THIS INCLUDES FASTENERS IN ALL EXHAUST FAN PRE-DRILLED HOLES, AND SECURING EQUIPMENT TO CURBS AND RAILS.

8.

PROVIDE MAPA MT ROOFTOP SUPPORTS WITH NEOPRENE PAD, OR APPROVED EQUAL, FOR ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT ON ROOF. ADHERE ROOFTOP SUPPORTS TO ROOF FOR EQUIPMENT.

5. 6.

PROVIDE HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKE-OFFS OR BELL-MOUTH SPIN-INS WITH LOCKING QUADRANT DAMPERS

7.

OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE INSULATED AND LOW LEAKAGE.

8.

ALL ROUND DUCT SHALL BE SPIRAL. SNAP-LOCK IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.

9.

FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE CLASS 1, INSULATED R-5, METALIZED JACKET (IFM), BLACK POLY JACKET (IFP), AND CONSTRUCTED WITH A SPRING STEEL WIRE HELIX, ENCAPSULATED IN A 2 PLY, AIR-TIGHT INNER CORE. MAXIMUM FLEXIBLE DUCT LENGTH SHALL BE 5 FEET. DO NOT INSTALL FLEXIBLE IN EXPOSED AREAS (NOT ABOVE CEILINGS) OR ABOVE HARD LID CEILINGS, REGARDLESS OF WHAT IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.

230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING, DUCTWORK, AND EQUIPMENT 1.

2.

LABEL ALL EQUIPMENT WITH EQUIPMENT TAG FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS TO AREA SERVED. LABEL DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND ACCESS PANELS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS WITH ADHESIVE LABELS LABELS AND LETTERING COLOR SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI/ASME A13.1.

11. KEEP DEMOLITION & CUTTING TO MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR PROPER EXECUTION OF WORK. NO CUTTING (NOT SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE DONE WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OR OWNER AS TO LOCATIONS, METHOD AND EXTENT OF THE CUTTING.

1.

3.

1. 5.

PROVIDE STUCCO EMBOSSED ALUMINUM JACKETING ON ALL PIPING OUTDOORS.

23. PROVIDE EXTRA SET OF BELTS AND FILTERS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT.

S

1.

ALL JOINTS WITH ALUMINUM TAPE. INSULATION NOT REQUIRED IN CONDITIONED SPACES WITHIN BUILDING ENVELOPE.

21. PROVIDE TRAINING FOR ALL SYSTEMS. APPROVED O&M'S SHALL BE USED TRAINING. PROVIDE TRAINING AGENDA'S WITH NAME OF QUALIFIED TRAINER FOR ALL SYSTEMS. SUBMIT TRAINING ATTENDANCE SHEET FOR ALL TRAINING SESSIONS.

3.

LABEL FIRE RATE WALLS WITH STENCILS EVERY 20 FEET ABOVE CEILING.

10. PROVIDE FLEX FLOW ELBOWS ON ALL DIFFUSERS.

4.

DO NOT LABEL EXPOSED DUCT IN FINISHED SPACES.

11. PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE DUCT HANGER WHERE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTS TO SHEET METAL AND ANOTHER AT THE ELBOW CONNECTING TO THE DIFFUSER.

LETTERS.

12. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTION BETWEEN ALL DUCTS AND EQUIPMENT AND EQUIPMENT WITH MOTORS LARGER THAN 0.25 HP.

CLEAR LABELS WITH BLACK LETTERS.

13. PROVIDE SHEET METAL SHIELD OF FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS LOCATED OUTDOORS TO PROTECT FLEXIBLE CONNECTION FROM UV.

5.

6. 13. REPAIR ALL ACCIDENTAL OR INTENTIONAL DAMAGE, PLACES WHERE DEMOLITION HAS OCCURRED, AND WHERE NEW EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSTALLED TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WITH NO NOTICEABLE DIFFERENCE IN CONTINUITY, APPEARANCE, OR FUNCTION.

7.

PROVIDE VALVE TAGS ON ALL HYDRONIC PIPING MAINS. 14. PROVIDE RETURN DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS IN SYSTEMS GREATER THAN 2000 CFM PER IMC.

E

14. ALL PRODUCTS SHALL BE NEW AND UNDAMAGED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REPAIR ALL PRODUCTS TO NEW CONDITION, FOR EXAMPLE, DENTED CASINGS AND EQUIPMENT DOORS, DENTED AND BENT GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND DIFFUSERS, DENTED DUCTWORK, SCRATCHED PAINT, ETC. 15. WHEN PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER, EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS LISTED MAY BE PROVIDED. PRODUCT EQUIVALENCY SHALL BE DETERMINED BY ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION AND DESIGN OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT; THIS SHALL INCLUDE ADDITIONAL WEIGHT, PROPER FIT, AND ALL OTHER ASPECTS. 16. FIRE STOPPING REQUIREMENT. PENETRATIONS THRU RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A MATERIAL CAPABLE OF PREVENTING THE PASSAGE OF FLAMES AND HOT GASSES WHEN SUBJECTED TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE TEST STANDARD SPECIFIC FOR FIRE STOPS ASTM-E-814. ACCEPTANCE MATERIALS INCLUDE: DOW CORNING RTV FIRE STOP FOAM FOR BARE PIPE, METAL CONDUIT, AND ELECTRICAL CABLE; 3M FIRE DAM 150 CAULK FOR BARE PIPE, METAL CONDUIT, AND BUILDING CONSTRUCTION GAPS; 3M FS-195 INTUMESCENT STRIPS FOR INSULATED PIPES, PLASTIC PIPE OR CONDUIT AND ELECTRICAL CABLE.

F 17. NOTIFY ENGINEER ONE WEEK IN ADVANCE WHEN WORK ABOVE CEILING IS COMPLETE AND READY FOR ABOVE CEILING OBSERVATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE CEILING AS REQUIRED FOR ENGINEER'S OBSERVATION.

230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING (TAB) 15. CLEAN ALL NEW AND EXISTING GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. 1.

2.

TAB CONTRACTOR SHALL BE NEBB OR TABB CERTIFIED.

3.

SETPOINTS REQUIRED TO BE DETERMINED BY TAB CONTRACTOR SHALL BE INDICATED ON THE REPORT. I.E., DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT, PUMP STATIC PRESSURE SETPOINT, AND MINIMUM OA DAMPER POSITION.

4.

AIRFLOWS SHALL BE MEASURED AT FAN (DUCT TRAVERSE), AND AT ALL INLETS AND OUTLETS.

5.

ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BALANCED WITHIN +/- 10%. HOWEVER, PRESSURE RELATIONSHIPS MUST BE MAINTAINED.

6.

PROVIDE 11X17 DRAWINGS WITH INLETS AND OUTLETS IDENTIFIED.

7.

AFTER SUBMITTING TAB REPORT, TAB CONTRACTOR SHALL DEMONSTRATE 10% OF REPORT TO OWNER/ENGINEER UPON REQUEST. IF WORK IS DETERMINED TO BE OUT OF COMPLIANCE, THEN CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO CORRECT AND DEMONSTRATE UNTIL WITHIN COMPLIANCE.

8.

MARK ALL BALANCING DAMPERS AND VALVES WITH PERMANENT MARKER.

230713 DUCT INSULATION

19. MAINTAIN A MARK-UP SET OF DRAWINGS WHICH INDICATE VARIATIONS IN THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION

1.

EMERGENCY CONTACTS, WARRANTY PROCEDURES, COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF EXTENDED WARRANTIES, COMPREHENSIVE FILTER SCHEDULE INDICATING SIZE AND TYPE OF FILTER FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, COMPREHENSIVE BELT SCHEDULE INDICATING SIZE AND TYPE OF FILTER FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, APPROVED SUBMITTALS, MANUFACTURERS' STARTUP REPORTS, TAB REPORT, CONTROLS, AND MANUFACTURERS' OPERATING MANUALS.

16. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY RETURN AIR PATH FOR ALL PLENUM RETURN SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE TRANSFER OPENINGS AS REQUIRED, REGARDLESS OF BEING SHOWN OR NOT. SIZE TRANSFER OPENINGS AT 500 FPM. 17. PAINT INSIDE OF DUCTS FLAT BLACK BEHIND GRILLES. 18. ROTATE ALL WALL EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES SO THE LOUVERS POINT UPWARDS. ROTATE ALL CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES SO THE LOUVER POINT TOWARDS THE NEAREST WALL. 19. SEAL EXPOSED DUCT PENETRATIONS WITH SHEET METAL ANGLE AND CAULK.

REVISIONS

DESIGNED BY

MRB

TAPE ALL JOINTS WITH ALUMINUM TAPE. INSULATION SHALL BE R-5. INSULATION NOT REQUIRED ON DUCTWORK IF IT IS EXPOSED IN THE AREA BEING SERVED.

REVIEW PRIOR TO FINAL PAY APPLICATION.

G

PROVIDE COMPLETED HVAC BALANCING REPORT AT FINAL INSPECTION TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO PUNCH LIST.

18. SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND CONTROLS SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT.

20. SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF ALL OPERATING MANUALS AND WARRANTIES IN TABBED 3-RING BINDERS TO ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. O&M MANUALS SHALL BE PREPARED IN FULL COMPLIANCE

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

7

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

6

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

5

4

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

3

2

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

1

2.

DRAWN BY

DJS

DUCTWORK LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING ENVELOPE INSULATION SHALL BE R-8.

CHECKED BY

3.

KMM

ALUMINUM JACKET.

PROJECT NO.

4.

15114 DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS

H

SHEET

M0.02 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 284 of 318

4

5

6

7

8

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

3

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

DEMOLITION KEYNOTES

D

E

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

MRB DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

KMM PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

H

SHEET

MD1.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 285 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1 2

S

3 4

5

5

6

6

7

GENERAL NOTES

D

E

MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES

G

H

7 8 * PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

4

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

3

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

A

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

2

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

1 8

B

C

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

MRB

DRAWN BY

DJS

CHECKED BY

KM

PROJECT NO.

15114 DATE

11/30/2015

SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN

SHEET

M1.01 Page 286 of 318

D

E

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1 2

S

3 4

5

5

6

6

7

A

GENERAL NOTES

KEYNOTES

G

H

7 8 * PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

4

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

3

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

2

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

1 8

B

C

REVISIONS

F

MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN DESIGNED BY

MRB

DRAWN BY

DJS

CHECKED BY

KMM

PROJECT NO.

15114 DATE

11/30/2015

SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN

SHEET

M1.02 Page 287 of 318

3

4

5

6

7

8

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

GENERAL NOTES

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

2

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

1

B

D

E

KEYNOTES

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

MRB DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

KMM PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN

ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN

H

SHEET

M4.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 288 of 318

3

4

5

6

7

8

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

D

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

ROOF EQUIPMENT SUPPORT DETAIL

GOOSENECK TERMINATION DETAIL

C

REFRIGERANT PIPE VERTICAL SUPPORT DETAIL REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

MRB DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

KMM PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL DETAILS

H

SHEET

M5.01

REFRIGERANT PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 289 of 318

6

TEMPERATURE RANGE

A

8

2009 IMC VENTILATION SCHEDULE

INSULATION SCHEDULE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TO BE INSULATED

7

PIPE OR DUCT SIZE

INSULATION MATERIAL

INSULATION FORM

INSULATION THICKNESS

MINIMUM R-VALUE

(INCHES)

VAPOR BARRIER REQUIRED

REQUIRED MECHANICAL VENTILATION REMARKS FLOOR AREA

PIPING SYSTEM ROOM DUCT SYSTEM

OA/ OUTDOOR # OA/SF PERSON PEOPLE PEOPLE AIRFLOW Rp /1000 SF Ra Vbz Pz F-1 & F-2 TOTAL

ZONE AIR DISTRIBUTION EFFECTIVENESS Ez

ACTUAL OUTSIDE AIR CFM PROVIDED

ZONE CALCULATED OA OA CFM Voz Vot

860

S

TOTAL MECHANICAL VENTILATION PROVIDED BY F-1 & F-2 (CFM)

DUCT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION CLASS

REMARKS: DUCT SYSTEM

MATERIAL

GALVANIZING

(INWC)

SMACNA SMACNA SEAL LEAKAGE CLASS CLASS

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

5

4

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

3

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

REMARKS

SUPPLY AIR SYSTEMS CONSTANT VOLUME

B

RETURN AND TRANSFER AIR SYSTEMS

REMARKS:

CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE ACCU-1

MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL NO. COMPRESSOR TYPE REFRIGERANT TYPE REFRIGERANT CHARGE (LB) FAN HP SITE ELEVATION (FT) NOMINAL CAPACITY (TONS) CAPACITY AT COOLING COIL (MBH) NO. STAGES

FURNACE SCHEDULE F-6

F-1

F-2

ARRANGEMENT SITE ELEVATION (FT) FAN DATA: AIRFLOW (ACFM) EXT. STATIC PRES. (INWC) FAN MOTOR SIZE (HP) OUTSIDE AIRFLOW (ACFM) HEATING CAPACITY DATA: MAX. NOMINAL INPUT (MBH) MAX. ACTUAL INPUT (MBH) MAX. ACTUAL OUTPUT (MBH) MIN. NOMINAL INPUT (MBH) MIN. ACTUAL INPUT (MBH) MIN. ACTUAL OUTPUT (MBH) HEATING STAGES AFUE CONNECTIONS PVC INTAKE AIR SIZE PVC FLUE SIZE GAS CONNECTION SIZE CONDENSATE DRAIN ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VOLTS PHASE HERTZ MIN. CIRCUIT AMPACITY MAX. OVERCURRENT PROT. DIMENSIONS LENGTH (IN) WIDTH (IN) HEIGHT (IN) WEIGHT REMARKS REMARKS:

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

MANUFACTURER MODEL NO.

ARI ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (SEER) ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS VOLTS PHASE HERTZ MIN. CIRCUIT AMPACITY MAX. OVERCURRENT PROT. DIMENSIONS WIDTH (IN) LENGTH (IN) HEIGHT (IN) WEIGHT (LB) REMARKS REMARKS:

D

F-5

MARK

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

ACCU-2

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

MRB

GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS SCHEDULE MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TYPE STYLE MATERIAL FRAME STYLE MODULE SIZE EXPOSED SURFACE FINISH BACKPAN FINISH DUCT CONNECTION SIZE NOISE CRITERIA MAX. AIR PRESSURE DROP (INWC) OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER (YES/NO) FIRE/RADIATION DAMPER (YES/NO) REMARKS: REMARKS:

G

A

B

DRAWN BY -

DJS CHECKED BY

KMM PROJECT NO.

15114 DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

MECHANICAL SCHEDULES

H

SHEET

M6.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 290 of 318

5

4

TELECOM & DATA SYMBOLS

POWER SYMBOLS

6

7

GENERAL NOTES

8

ABBREVIATIONS

A

S

GENERAL SYMBOLS

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM SYMBOLS

3

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

ACCESS CONTROL & SECURITY B

S

CIRCUITING SYMBOLS C

LIFE SAFETY D

LIGHTING SYMBOLS

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

ONE - LINE SYMBOLS

REVISIONS

F

S

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

TAH CHECKED BY

CDA

TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHTS (NOT TO SCALE)

PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ELECTRICAL LEGEND

S

H

SHEET

E0.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 291 of 318

4

5

6

7

8

ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES:

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

3

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

D

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

TAH CHECKED BY

CDA PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS

H

SHEET

E0.02 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 292 of 318

4

5

6

7

8

GENERAL DEMOLITION NOTES

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

3

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

D

DEMOLITION KEYNOTES

E

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN

H

SHEET

ED1.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 293 of 318

3

5

4

6

7

8

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

D

S

S

S

E

FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL NEW WORK PLAN

KEYNOTES

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

GENERAL NOTES

F

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

CDA PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

FIRST FLOOR ELECTRICAL NEW WORK PLAN

H

SHEET

E1.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 294 of 318

4

5

6

7

8

GENERAL NOTES

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

3

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

D

KEYNOTES

E

ROOF ELECTRICAL NEW WORK PLAN

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

C

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

TAH CHECKED BY

CDA PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ROOF ELECTRICAL NEW WORK PLAN

H

SHEET

E1.02 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 295 of 318

120/240V 1PH 3W

PANELBOARD 3

EXISTING TO BE REPLACED

LOCATION: STORAGE 126A

120/240V 1PH 3W

200 A MB

A

8

EXISTING TO BE REPLACED

LOCATION: STORAGE 118

120/240V 1PH 3W

125A

400A MCB

FULLY RATED GROUND BUS SURFACE MOUNT CKT NO.

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

P

KVA

1 3

KVA

P

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

2

B A

5

4 6 8 10

B A B

7 9 11 13

B

PH A

RECESSED CKT NO.

15

A B

17 19

A B

21 23 25

A B

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

A B A

27 29 31

30 32

B A

33 35

B A

37 39

B A

41 LOAD

KVA LIGHTING

C

FACTOR 1.25

RECEPTACLES

1.00 0.50

KITCHEN ELEC. HEAT

0.90 1.00

MOTOR & HVAC LARGEST MOTOR

1.00 1.25

CKT NO.

DESCRIPTION

KVA

PH A

KVA

P

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

2

B A

4 6 8 10

B A B

7 9 11 13 15

A B

17 19

A B

21 23 25

A B

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

A B A

27 29 LOAD

KVA

34 36

LIGHTING RECEPTACLES

38 40

KITCHEN ELEC. HEAT MOTOR & HVAC LARGEST MOTOR

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

P

5

42 DEMAND

BRKR

1 3

RECESSED

PHASE A PHASE B TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD

FACTOR

CKT NO.

30 DEMAND

CKT NO.

DESCRIPTION

1.25 1.00

PHASE A PHASE B

0.50

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES

KVA

PH A

KVA

P

2 4 6 8 10

B A B

11 13 15

A B

17 19

A B

21 23 25

A B

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28

A B A

27 29 LOAD

KVA

FACTOR

LIGHTING RECEPTACLES

30 DEMAND

ELEC. HEAT MOTOR & HVAC LARGEST MOTOR

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

1.25 1.00

PHASE A PHASE B

0.50

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES

KITCHEN

1.00 1.00 1.25

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

B A

7 9

NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT. TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V

AMPERES

P

5

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

BRKR

1 3

CKT NO.

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

PANELBOARD 2

EXISTING TO BE REPLACED

LOCATION: STORAGE 102

7

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

PANELBOARD 1

6

S

5

4

1.00 1.00 1.25

NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT. TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V

NOTES:

NOTES:

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT. TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V NOTES:

D

DEMOLITION KEYNOTES

E

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

3

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

REVISIONS

F

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

TAH CHECKED BY

CDA

EXISTING RISER DIAGRAM

PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES AND ONE-LINE DIAGRAM

H

SHEET

ED6.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 296 of 318

7

PANELBOARD A

PANELBOARD B 120/240V 1PH 3W

LOCATION: STORAGE 126

A

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

P

KVA

1 3 5

A B A

7 9

B A

11 13 15

B A

200A MCB 10KA SHORT CIRCUIT

FULLY RATED GROUND BUS

FULLY RATED GROUND BUS

RECESSED

SURFACE

KVA

P

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

41 LOAD

C

P

KVA

12 14 16

11 13 15

B A

18 20

17 19

22 24 26

21 23 25

28 30

27 29

32 34

31 33

A B

36 38 40

35 37 39

A

42

41

DEMAND

0.50

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES

P

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

A B

32 34

A B A B

36 38 40

A

42

FACTOR

KVA

DEMAND

PHASE A PHASE B

0.50

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES

KITCHEN

1.00 1.00

ELEC. HEAT MOTOR & HVAC

1.00 1.00

LARGEST MOTOR NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT. TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V

1.25

LARGEST MOTOR NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT. TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V

1.25

PANELBOARD MDP 120/240V 1PH 3W

LOCATION: STORAGE 118

120/240V 1PH 3W

LOCATION: EXTERIOR

225A MCB 10KA SHORT CIRCUIT

800A MCB 65KA SHORT CIRCUIT

FULLY RATED GROUND BUS

FULLY RATED GROUND BUS SURFACE MOUNT

RECESSED CKT DESCRIPTION

BRKR

P

KVA

KVA

P

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

11 13 15

B A B A

17 19

B A

21 23 25

B A B

27 29

A B

31 33

A B

35 37

A B

39 41

A LOAD

KVA LIGHTING RECEPTACLES

FACTOR

DEMAND

NO.

NO.

CKT DESCRIPTION

PHASE A PHASE B

0.50

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES

BRKR

P

KVA

1 3 5

10

7 9

12 14 16

11 13 15

18 20

17 19

22 24 26

21 23 25

28 30

27 29

32 34

31 33

36 38

35 37

40

39

42

41

PH

KVA

P

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

NO.

A B

2 4 6 8

A B A

10

B A

12 14 16

B A

18 20

B A

22

B A B

24 26 28 30

A B

32 34

A B

40

A LOAD

KVA LIGHTING RECEPTACLES

FACTOR

42 DEMAND

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

1.25 1.00

PHASE A PHASE B

0.50

TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD AMPERES

KITCHEN

REVISIONS

36 38

A B

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

1.25 1.00

KITCHEN

CKT

2 4 6 8

A B A

7 9

F

PH A B

1 3 5

CKT

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

NOTES:

PANELBOARD C

E

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

1.25 1.00

ELEC. HEAT MOTOR & HVAC

D

NO.

NO.

A B

LOAD

NOTES:

DESCRIPTION

BRKR

B A B

LIGHTING RECEPTACLES

PHASE A PHASE B

KVA

B A

CONNECTED LOAD

KVA

1.25 1.00

KITCHEN

1 3

PH

B A

FACTOR

KVA LIGHTING RECEPTACLES

BRKR

7 9

A B

35 37 39

CKT DESCRIPTION

10

A B

31 33

NO.

5

A B

27 29

CKT

NO.

A B A

B A B

21 23 25

CKT 2 4 6 8

B A

17 19

B

PH

120/240V 1PH 3W

LOCATION: STORAGE 102

125A MCB 22KA SHORT CIRCUIT

CKT NO.

8 * PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

6

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

5

4

S

3

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

2

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

1

DESIGNED BY

KMM

ELEC. HEAT MOTOR & HVAC

1.00 1.00

ELEC. HEAT MOTOR & HVAC

1.00 1.00

DRAWN BY

LARGEST MOTOR NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT.

1.25

LARGEST MOTOR NONCONT. + 1.25*CONT.

1.25

DJS

TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V

CHECKED BY

TOTAL LOAD KVA AMPERES @ 240V

NOTES:

CDA

NOTES:

PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES

H

SHEET

E6.01 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 297 of 318

3

5

4

6

7

8

C ONSULTING E NGINEERS

S

A

* PH. (719) 637-8850 * * FAX (719) 632-0300 * [email protected] 2912 BEACON ST. COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80907

2

CHENDT NGINEERING E C ORPORATION

1

B

C

RISER DIAGRAM KEYNOTES

D

E

CONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH ROOF

MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER 1943 S. EL PASO AVE COLORADO SPRINGS, CO 80905

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM

REVISIONS

F

FEEDER SCHEDULE FEEDER TAG

PHASE CONDUCTORS

NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR

GROUND CONDUCTOR

NO.

NO.

NO.

SIZE

SIZE

SIZE

WIRE TYPE (75 degC)

NO. IN PARALLEL

CONDUIT SIZE (inches)

NOTES

DESIGNED BY

KMM DRAWN BY

DJS CHECKED BY

CDA PROJECT NO.

15114

G

DATE

11/30/2015 SHEET TITLE

ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM

NOTES

H

CONDUIT SUPPORT DETAIL

SHEET

PANELBOARD DETAIL

E6.02 B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Page 298 of 318

PARKING LOT ADA IMPROVEMENTS SHEET 1 OF 1 Follows this page

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 299 of 318

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 300 of 318

EXHIBIT 9

DAVIS BACON WAGE RATES

U.S. DEPT. OF LABOR DAVIS BACON MINIMUM WAGES COLORADO HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION GENERAL DECISION NUMBER - CO150018 NOTICE This is a standard special provision that revises or modifies CDOT’s Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. It has gone through a formal review and approval process and has been issued by CDOT’s Project Development Branch with formal instructions for its use on CDOT construction projects. It is to be used as written without change. Do not use modified versions of this special provision on CDOT construction projects, and do not use this special provision on CDOT projects in a manner other than that specified in the instructions, unless such use is first approved by the Standards and Specification Unit of the Project Development Branch. The instructions for use on CDOT construction projects appear below. Other agencies which use the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction to administer construction projects may use this special provision as appropriate and at their own risk. Instructions for use on CDOT construction projects: Use this standard special provision on all federal-aid projects with contracts exceeding $2000, except for nonARRA projects on roadways classified as local roads or rural minor collectors, which are exempt. Projects on local roads, rural minor collectors, and enhancement projects funded with ARRA funds are not exempt.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 301 of 318

Decision Nos. CO150018 dated January 02, 2015 supersedes Decision Nos. CO140018 dated January 03, 2014. When work within a project is located in two or more counties and the minimum wages and fringe benefits are different for one or more job classifications, the higher minimum wages and fringe benefits shall apply throughout the project.

Modifications MOD Page Date Number Number(s) 06/05/15 1 1

ID 1

General Decision No. CO150018 applies to the following counties: El Paso, Pueblo, and Teller counties. General Decision No. CO150018 The wage and fringe benefits listed below reflect collectively bargained rates. Code

Classification

Basic Hourly Rate

Fringe Benefits

Last Mod

ELECTRICIAN: 1199

El Paso, Teller

30.00

14.95

1200

Pueblo

27.30

11.62

1

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: Drill Rig Caisson 1201

Smaller than Watson 2500 and similar

24.73

9.15

1202

Watson 2500 similar or larger

25.04

9.15

Crane 1203

50 tons and under

24.88

9.15

1204

51 - 90 tons

25.04

9.15

1205

91 - 140 tons

25.19

9.15

General Decision No. CO150018 The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates. CARPENTER: 1206

Excludes Form Work

24.15

6.25

Form Work Only 1207

El Paso, Teller

19.06

5.84

1208

Pueblo

19.00

5.88

CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER: 1209

El Paso, Teller

17.36

3.00

1210

Pueblo

17.74

3.00

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 302 of 318

Code

General Decision No. CO150018 The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates. Basic Hourly Classification Fringe Benefits Rate

1211

FENCE ERECTOR

13.02

3.20

1212

GUARDRAIL INSTALLER

12.89

3.20

12.62

3.21

Last Mod

HIGHWAY/PARKING LOT STRIPING: 1213

Painter IRONWORKER: Reinforcing (Excludes Guardrail Installation)

1214

El Paso, Teller

20.49

1.65

1215

Pueblo

16.69

5.45

18.22

6.01

1216

Structural (Excludes Guardrail Installation) LABORER:

1217

Asphalt Raker

17.54

3.16

1218

Asphalt Shoveler

21.21

4.25

1219

Asphalt Spreader

18.58

4.65

Common or General 1220

El Paso

17.05

3.69

1221

Pueblo

16.29

4.25

1222

Teller

16.88

3.61

1223

Concrete Saw (Hand Held)

16.29

6.14

1224

Landscape and Irrigation

12.26

3.16

1225

Mason Tender - Cement/Concrete

16.29

4.25

1226

Pipelayer

18.72

3.24

1227

Traffic Control (Flagger)

9.55

3.05

1228

Traffic Control (Sets Up/Moves Barrels, Cones, Installs signs, Arrow Boards and Place Stationary Flags), (Excludes Flaggers)

12.43

3.22

1229

PAINTER (Spray Only)

16.99

2.87

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 303 of 318

General Decision No. CO150018 The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates. Code

Classification

Basic Hourly Rate

Fringe Benefits

Last Mod

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR: 1230

Asphalt Laydown

22.67

8.72

1231

Asphalt Paver

21.50

3.50

Asphalt Roller 1232

El Paso

24.42

6.96

1233

Pueblo

23.67

9.22

1813

Teller

24.42

6.96

22.67

8.72

1234

Asphalt Spreader Backhoe/Trackhoe

1235

El Paso

23.31

5.61

1236

Pueblo

21.82

8.22

1237

Teller

23.32

5.50

1238

Bobcat/Skid Loader

15.37

4.28

1239

Boom

22.67

8.72

Broom/Sweeper 1240

El Paso, Teller

23.43

8.04

1241

Pueblo

23.47

9.22

Bulldozer 1242

El Paso

26.56

7.40

1243

Pueblo, Teller

26.11

6.92

1244

Drill

17.59

3.45

1245

Forklift

15.91

4.68

Grader/Blade 1246

El Paso

22.83

8.72

1247

Pueblo

23.25

6.98

1248

Teller

23.22

8.72

16.07

4.41

1249

Guardrail/Post Driver

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 304 of 318

General Decision No. CO150018 The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates. Code

Classification

Basic Hourly Rate

Fringe Benefits

Last Mod

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (con’t.): Loader (Front End) 1250

El Paso

23.61

7.79

1251

Pueblo

21.67

8.22

1252

Teller

23.50

7.64

Mechanic 1253

El Paso

22.35

6.36

1254

Pueblo

24.02

8.43

1255

Teller

22.16

6.17

Oiler 1256

El Paso

23.29

7.48

1257

Pueblo

23.13

7.01

1258

Teller

22.68

7.11

Roller/Compactor (Dirt and Grade Compaction) 1259

El Paso

16.70

3.30

1260

Pueblo, Teller

18.43

4.62

1261

Rotomill

16.22

4.41

1262

Scraper

24.28

4.83

Screed 1263

El Paso, Teller

25.22

5.74

1264

Pueblo

23.67

9.22

13.13

2.95

1265

Tractor

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 305 of 318

General Decision No. CO150018 The wage and fringe benefits listed below do not reflect collectively bargained rates. Code

Classification

Basic Hourly Rate

Fringe Benefits

Last Mod

TRUCK DRIVER: Distributor 1266

El Paso, Teller

17.98

3.97

1267

Pueblo

18.35

3.85

Dump Truck 1268

El Paso, Teller

16.85

4.83

1269

Pueblo

16.87

4.79

1270

Lowboy Truck

17.25

5.27

1271

Mechanic

26.69

3.50

1272

Multi-Purpose Specialty & Hoisting Truck

17.27

3.71

1273

Pickup and Pilot Car

13.93

3.68

1274

Semi/Trailer Truck

16.00

2.60

1275

Truck Mounted Attenuator

12.43

3.22

Water Truck 1276

El Paso

17.24

4.15

1277

Pueblo

20.93

4.98

1278

Teller

17.31

4.07

WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 306 of 318

With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.

END OF GENERAL DECISION NO. CO150018

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 307 of 318

General Decision Number: CO160032 01/08/2016

CO32

Superseded General Decision Number: CO20150032 State: Colorado Construction Type: Building County: El Paso County in Colorado. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the solicitation was issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number 0

Publication Date 01/08/2016

ASBE0028-002 10/01/2012 Rates

Fringes

ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation)......................$ 28.98 13.03 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEC0113-005 06/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

ELECTRICIAN (Includes Low Voltage Wiring)..................$ 30.00 14.95 ---------------------------------------------------------------ELEV0025-001 01/01/2015 Rates ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 40.68

Fringes 28.385+a+b

FOOTNOTE: a.Vacation: 6%/under 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. 8%/over 5 years based on regular hourly rate for all hours worked. b. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 308 of 318

Day; Labor Day; Veterans' Day; Thanksgiving Day; the Friday after Thanksgiving Day; and Christmas Day. ---------------------------------------------------------------ENGI0009-017 10/23/2013 Rates

Fringes

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (Crane) 141 tons and over...........$ 25.97 9.15 50 tons and under...........$ 24.88 9.15 51 to 90 tons...............$ 25.04 9.15 91 to 140 tons..............$ 25.19 9.15 ---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0024-009 06/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

IRONWORKER, ORNAMENTAL...........$ 25.05 11.14 ---------------------------------------------------------------IRON0024-011 06/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...........$ 25.05 8.99 ---------------------------------------------------------------PAIN0079-009 03/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

PAINTER (Spray)..................$ 19.45 6.91 ---------------------------------------------------------------PLAS0577-002 05/01/2014 Rates

Fringes

CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 24.00 10.23 ---------------------------------------------------------------* PLUM0058-003 07/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

PLUMBER (Excludes HVAC Duct, Pipe and Unit Installation)......$ 30.30 13.53 ---------------------------------------------------------------* PLUM0058-004 07/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

PIPEFITTER, Includes HVAC Pipe Installation (Excludes HVAC Duct and Unit Installation)....................$ 30.30 13.53 ---------------------------------------------------------------SFCO0669-002 04/01/2015

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 309 of 318

Rates

Fringes

SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers)......................$ 34.43 19.09 ---------------------------------------------------------------SHEE0009-005 07/01/2015 Rates

Fringes

SHEET METAL WORKER (Excludes HVAC Duct, Pipe and Unit Installation)....................$ 32.85 14.63 ---------------------------------------------------------------SUCO2013-008 07/31/2015 Rates

Fringes

BRICKLAYER.......................$ 21.96

0.00

CARPENTER........................$ 22.63

6.98

LABORER:

Common or General......$ 13.40

1.40

LABORER:

Mason Tender - Brick...$ 15.99

0.00

LABORER: Mason Tender Cement/Concrete..................$ 16.00

0.00

LABORER:

Pipelayer..............$ 16.96

3.68

OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe.......$ 20.26

8.62

OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader................$ 18.58

2.42

OPERATOR:

Grader/Blade..........$ 21.50

0.00

PAINTER (Brush and Roller).......$ 17.20

0.00

ROOFER...........................$ 16.71

0.00

SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Duct Installation Only)...............$ 25.18

6.30

SHEET METAL WORKER (HVAC Unit Installation Only)...............$ 24.00

2.18

TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 17.34 0.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ================================================================

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 310 of 318

Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). ---------------------------------------------------------------The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted.

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 311 of 318

Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based.

---------------------------------------------------------------WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * *

an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling

On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 312 of 318

U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ================================================================ END OF GENERAL DECISION �

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 313 of 318

EXHIBIT 10 CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBAREMENT, SUSPENSION AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS The undersigned duly authorized official of the proposer certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: A.

Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency.

B.

Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain or performing a public (federal, state or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification, or destruction of records, making false statements or receiving stolen property.

C.

Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (federal, state or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (B) of this certification; and

D.

Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transaction (federal, state or local) terminated for cause or default.

E.

Are not on the Comptroller General’s List of Ineligible Bidders or any similar list maintained by any other governmental entity.

Where the proposer is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. (Check One) I DO CERTIFY (

)

I DO NOT CERTIFY (

)

Date: Signature: Title:

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 314 of 318

RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING CERTIFICATION Pursuant to United States Public Law 101-121, Section 319, the undersigned duly authorized official of the proposer hereby certifies, to the best of her/his knowledge and belief, that: 1.

No Federal appropriated funds have paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for the purpose of influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress, in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

2.

If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person or agency for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress, in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit a Standard Form- LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying”, in accordance with its instructions.

3.

The undersigned duly authorized official shall require and ensure that the language of this certification be included in any award documents for subcontracts, grants, loans, and cooperative agreements, and that all subcontractors shall so certify and disclose accordingly.

This Certification is a material representation of fact, upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. The submission of this Certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction, imposed by Title 31 USC Section 1352. Any proposer (person) who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to civil penalty of not less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) and not more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for each such failure to file.

Proposer: Signature: Title: Date:

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 315 of 318

NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT The undersigned duly authorized official of the proposer hereby certifies, to the best of her/his knowledge and belief, that: 1.

That I am an officer or employee of the (proposing entity) having the authority to sign on behalf of the corporation, and,

2.

That the prices in the attached proposal were arrived at independently by (proposing entity) without collusion, consultation, communication, or any agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition as to any matter relating to such prices with any other proposer or with any other competitor regarding an understanding, or planned common course of action with any other vendor of materials, supplies, equipment, or service described in the RFP/IFB designed to limit independent proposals or competition; and

3.

That unless otherwise required by law, the contents and prices contained in the proposal have not been communicated by (proposing entity) or its employees or agents to any person not an employee or agent of (proposing entity), or its surety on any bond furnished with the proposal, and will not be communicated to any such person prior to the official opening of the proposal; and,

4.

That I have fully informed myself regarding the accuracy of the statements made in this affidavit.

Proposer: Signature: Title: Date:

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 316 of 318

C I T Y O F C O L O R A D O S P R I N G S E Q U AL O P P O R T U N I T Y C L AU S E During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees that: 1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, age or national origin. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin. 3. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or applicants, a notice to be provided by the City’s contract compliance officer advising the labor union or worker’s representative of the Contractor’s commitments under this contract and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The Contractor will comply with the rules of the City Manager and applicable to this contract and the Federal Rules and Regulation relevant to equal employment opportunity should those rules and regulations become applicable during the duration of this contract. 5. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by the Rules of the City Manager, and if applicable Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and the Rules, Regulations and Orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts, by the contract compliance officer for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such Rules, Regulations, and Orders. 6. In the event of the Contractor’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of such Rules, Regulations, or Orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further City of Colorado Springs contracts in accordance with Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions authorized by that Order. 7. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding Paragraph one above and the provisions of Paragraphs one through seven in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by Rules of the City Manager so that such provisions will be binding upon each sub-contractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such actions with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the contract compliance officer may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including in, or is threatened with, litigation with a sub-contractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contract compliance officer, the Contractor may request the City of Colorado Springs to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the City. Contracts with the City for purposes of construction work (as defined in 41 CFR 60-1.3) shall include the following term: “Contractor will cooperate with the City in using his best efforts to insure that minority business enterprise shall have the maximum practical opportunity to compete for subcontract work under this contract.”

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 317 of 318

CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS

E Q U AL E M P L O Y M E N T S T AT U S R E P O R T Contractor’s Name

Street Address

City

State

Zip

This firm is: Independently owned and operated An Affiliate Parent Company or A Subsidiary of Address or A Division City and State Zip Contractor HAS HAS NOT (1) developed and has on file an affirmative action program in conformance with the Rules of the City or 41 CFR 60-2; (2) participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the equal opportunity clause either the City or Federal Contract Compliance requirement; (3) Filed with the City, or where applicable, joint Reporting Committee, or other Federal Agency, all reports due under the applicable. previous contract or subcontract. Contractor’s Equal Employment Opportunity Program has has not been subject to a Federal Equal Opportunity Compliance Review. If so, then when

Signature

Date

Title Return to: City of Colorado Springs Affirmative Action Officer

B16-006 IP MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS

Page 318 of 318

Loading...

FORM OF BID - Rocky Mountain e-Purchasing System

INVITATION FOR BID (IFB) BID # B16-006 IP Posted January 14, 2016 MEADOWS PARK COMMUNITY CENTER RENOVATIONS FOR CITY OF COLORADO SPRINGS THE CITY ...

13MB Sizes 0 Downloads 0 Views

Recommend Documents

Prescription Claim Form - Rocky Mountain Health Plans
CLAIMS CANNOT BE PROCESSED WITHOUT ATTACH PRESCRIPTION RECEIPTS / LABELS WHICH INCLUDE: • Patient's Name. • Prescrib

Rocky Mountain High Adventure Base - Rocky Mountain Council
2015 Staff Manual. 1. Rocky Mountain High Adventure Base. STAFF GUIDE. Operated by the. Rocky Mountain Council. Boy Scou

Rocky Mountain Instrumental Laboratories
We also are certified by the Colorado Department of Health to perform clinical and forensic toxicology testing. ... resi

Contractors & Suppliers - Rocky Mountain Power
Developer packet. We look forward to providing safe and reliable electricity to your project. PDF Developer checklist; P

Rocky Mountain Community Church, PCA
Dec 3, 2017 - How lovely is your dwelling place, O Lord Almighty! My soul yearns, even faints, for the courts of the Lor

Brittle Power - Rocky Mountain Institute
Surprises 27. Chapter Four What Makes the Energy System Vulnerable? ..... this book shows how to do within this decadeâ€

Untitled - Rocky Mountain Anthropological Association
PaleoResearch Institute, Inc. and the Steamboat Grand welcome you to the 12th Biennial Rocky Mountain. Anthropological C

Rocky Mountain National Park – Wikitravel
100m zum Aussichtsplateau hochquälen ( wer die Höhe nicht gewöhnt ist japst ganz ordentlich nach Luft ), aber die Aussic

The Book of Judges - Rocky Mountain College
Read Chapters 2 & 3. Notes: 1. Judges 9. 2. Judges 16. 3. Judges 19. 4. Judges 21. 5. Judges 5:6. ... was Jesus Christ (

Community Energy Resource Guide - Rocky Mountain Institute
entrepreneurs to accelerate the adoption of market-based solutions that cost-effectively shift from fossil fuels to effi